Fix generation of as.1 manual page so that it can be converted to DocBook format.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9
NC
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
238 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
239 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
240 [@b{--statistics}]
241 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
242 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
243 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 244 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 245 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
246 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
247 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 248@c
6387924a 249@c man end
a4fb0134 250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 252@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
253@ifset AARCH64
254
255@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
256 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 257 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 258@end ifset
625e1353
RH
259@ifset ALPHA
260
261@emph{Target Alpha options:}
262 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
263 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 264 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
265 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
266 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
267@end ifset
252b5132 268@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
271 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
272 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
273 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 274 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 275 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
276@end ifset
277@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
278
279@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 280@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
281 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
282 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
283 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
284 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 285 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 286 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
287 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
288 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
289 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 290 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 291@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
292@ifset Blackfin
293
294@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
295 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
296 [@b{-mfdpic}]
297 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
298 [@b{-mnopic}]
299@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
300@ifset CRIS
301
302@emph{Target CRIS options:}
303 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
304 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
305 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 306 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
307@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
308@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
309@end ifset
252b5132 310@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target D10V options:}
313 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
314@end ifset
315@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
316
317@emph{Target D30V options:}
318 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 319@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
320@ifset EPIPHANY
321
322@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
323 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
324@end ifset
252b5132 325@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
326
327@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
328 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset HPPA
331@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
332@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
333@ifset I80386
334
335@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 336 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 337 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
338@end ifset
339@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
340
341@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 342@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
343 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
344 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
345 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 346@end ifset
587fe2b3 347@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 348
9e32ca89
NC
349@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
350 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
351 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
352 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 353 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 354 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 355 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
356 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
357@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
358@ifset IP2K
359
360@emph{Target IP2K options:}
361 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
362@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
363@ifset M32C
364
365@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 366 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 367@end ifset
587fe2b3 368@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 369
a4fb0134
SC
370@emph{Target M32R options:}
371 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 372 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 373@end ifset
252b5132 374@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
375
376@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
377 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 378@end ifset
60bcf0fa 379@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
380
381@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 382 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
383 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
384 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 385 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
386 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
387 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
388@end ifset
389@ifset MCORE
390
391@emph{Target MCORE options:}
392 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
393 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 394@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
395@ifset METAG
396
397@emph{Target Meta options:}
398 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
399@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
400@ifset MICROBLAZE
401@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
402@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
403@end ifset
252b5132 404@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
405
406@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 407 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 409 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
411 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
412 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 413 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 414 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
415 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
416 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 417 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 418 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 419 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 420 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 421 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 422 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 423 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 424 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 425 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 426 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 427 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 428 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 429 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 430 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 431 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 432 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 433 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
434 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
435 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 436 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 437 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
438@end ifset
439@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
440
441@emph{Target MMIX options:}
442 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
443 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
444 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 445 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 446@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
447@ifset NIOSII
448
449@emph{Target Nios II options:}
450 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
451 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
452@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
453@ifset NDS32
454
455@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
456 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
457 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
458 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
459 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
460 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
462 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
463 [@b{-mb2bb}]
464@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
465@ifset PDP11
466
467@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
468 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
469 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 470 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
471@end ifset
472@ifset PJ
473
474@emph{Target picoJava options:}
475 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
476@end ifset
477@ifset PPC
478
479@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
480 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
481 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
482 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 483 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 484 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
485 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
486 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 487 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 488 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
489 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
490 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 491 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 492 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 493@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
494@ifset RL78
495
496@emph{Target RL78 options:}
497 [@b{-mg10}]
498 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
499@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
500@ifset RX
501
502@emph{Target RX options:}
503 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 504 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
505 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
506 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
507 [@b{-mpid}]
508 [@b{-mrelax}]
509 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
510 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 511@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
512@ifset S390
513
514@emph{Target s390 options:}
515 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
516 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
517 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
518@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
519@ifset SCORE
520
521@emph{Target SCORE options:}
522 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
523 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
524 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
525 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
526@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
527@ifset SPARC
528
529@emph{Target SPARC options:}
530@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
531 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
532 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
533 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
534 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
535@end ifset
536@ifset TIC54X
537
538@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 539 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
540 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
541@end ifset
40b36596
JM
542@ifset TIC6X
543
544@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
545 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
546 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
547 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 548@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
549@ifset TILEGX
550
551@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 552 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
553@end ifset
554@ifset TILEPRO
555@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
556@end ifset
b6605ddd 557@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 558
b6605ddd
EB
559@emph{Target Visium options:}
560 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
561@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
562@ifset XTENSA
563
564@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
565 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
566 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
567 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
568 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
569 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 570 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 571@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
572@ifset Z80
573
574@emph{Target Z80 options:}
575 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
576 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
577 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
578 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
579 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
580 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
581 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
582@end ifset
a4fb0134 583@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 584
a4fb0134 585@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 586@end ifset
e0001a05 587
0285c67d 588@c man end
252b5132
RH
589@end smallexample
590
0285c67d
NC
591@c man begin OPTIONS
592
a4fb0134 593@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 594@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 595
83f10cb2 596@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
597Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
598
a4fb0134 599@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
600@item -ac
601omit false conditionals
602
603@item -ad
604omit debugging directives
605
83f10cb2
NC
606@item -ag
607include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
608
252b5132
RH
609@item -ah
610include high-level source
611
612@item -al
613include assembly
614
615@item -am
616include macro expansions
617
618@item -an
619omit forms processing
620
621@item -as
622include symbols
623
624@item =file
625set the name of the listing file
626@end table
627
628You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
629listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
630the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
631
caa32fe5 632@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
633Begin in alternate macro mode.
634@ifclear man
635@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
636@end ifclear
caa32fe5 637
955974c6 638@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
639Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
640ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
641linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
642given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 643
151411f8
L
644@ifset ELF
645@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
646@item --compress-debug-sections=none
647@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
648@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
649@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
650These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
651@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
652@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
653@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 654@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 655@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
656@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
657sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
658@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
659@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
660
151411f8
L
661@end ifset
662
955974c6 663@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
664Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
665targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
666override this.
955974c6 667
252b5132
RH
668@item -D
669Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
670other assemblers.
671
3d6b762c
JM
672@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
673When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
674information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
675
252b5132
RH
676@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
677Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
678@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
679indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
680value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
681use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
682
683@item -f
684``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
685compiler output).
686
329e276d
NC
687@item -g
688@itemx --gen-debug
689Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
690debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
691ECOFF or DWARF2.
692
252b5132
RH
693@item --gstabs
694Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
695may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
696
05da4302
NC
697@item --gstabs+
698Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
699extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
700debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
701may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
702the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
703
329e276d 704@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 705Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 706may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 707option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 708
b40bf0a2
NC
709@item --gdwarf-sections
710Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
711.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
712corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
713will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
714@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
715then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
716suffix.
717
b8871f35 718@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
719@item --size-check=error
720@itemx --size-check=warning
721Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
722
b8871f35
L
723@item --elf-stt-common=no
724@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
725These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
726symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
727by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
728@end ifset
729
252b5132
RH
730@item --help
731Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
732
ea20a7da
CC
733@item --target-help
734Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
735
252b5132
RH
736@item -I @var{dir}
737Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
738
739@item -J
740Don't warn about signed overflow.
741
742@item -K
743@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
744This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
745@end ifclear
746@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
747Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
748@end ifset
749
750@item -L
751@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
752Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
753system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
754or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
755@ifclear man
756@xref{Symbol Names}.
757@end ifclear
252b5132 758
c3a27914
NC
759@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
760Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
761listing to @var{number}.
762
763@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
764Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
765lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
766
767@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
768Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
769@var{number} bytes.
770
771@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
772Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
773to @var{number} + 1.
774
252b5132 775@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 776Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
777
778@item -R
779Fold the data section into the text section.
780
d60646b9 781@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
782Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
783@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
784assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
785memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
786requirements at the expense of speed.
787
788@item --reduce-memory-overheads
789This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
790assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
791@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
792
451133ce
NP
793@ifset ELF
794@item --sectname-subst
795Honor substitution sequences in section names.
796@ifclear man
797@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
798@end ifclear
799@end ifset
800
252b5132
RH
801@item --statistics
802Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
803assembly.
804
805@item --strip-local-absolute
806Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
807
808@item -v
809@itemx -version
a4fb0134 810Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
811
812@item --version
a4fb0134 813Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
814
815@item -W
2bdd6cf5 816@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
817Suppress warning messages.
818
2bdd6cf5
GK
819@item --fatal-warnings
820Treat warnings as errors.
821
822@item --warn
823Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
824
252b5132
RH
825@item -w
826Ignored.
827
828@item -x
829Ignored.
830
831@item -Z
832Generate an object file even after errors.
833
834@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
835Standard input, or source files to assemble.
836
837@end table
2a633939
JM
838@c man end
839
a06ea964
NC
840@ifset AARCH64
841
842@ifclear man
843@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
844for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
845@end ifclear
846
847@ifset man
848@c man begin OPTIONS
849The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
85064-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
851@c man end
852@c man begin INCLUDE
853@include c-aarch64.texi
854@c ended inside the included file
855@end ifset
856
857@end ifset
858
2a633939
JM
859@ifset ALPHA
860
861@ifclear man
862@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
863for an Alpha processor.
864@end ifclear
865
866@ifset man
867@c man begin OPTIONS
868The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
869processor.
870@c man end
871@c man begin INCLUDE
872@include c-alpha.texi
873@c ended inside the included file
874@end ifset
875
876@end ifset
252b5132 877
2a633939 878@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 879@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
880The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
881processor.
252b5132 882
a4fb0134 883@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 884@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
885This option selects the core processor variant.
886@item -EB | -EL
887Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
888@item -mcode-density
889Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
890@end table
891@end ifset
892
893@ifset ARM
894The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
895processor family.
896
a4fb0134 897@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 898@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 899Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 900@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 901Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 902@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 903Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
904@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
905Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
906@item -mthumb
907Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 908@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
909Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
910@item -EB | -EL
911Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
912@item -mthumb-interwork
913Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
914ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
915@item -mccs
916Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
917@item -k
918Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
919@end table
920@end ifset
635fb38d 921@c man end
252b5132 922
9982501a 923@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
924
925@ifclear man
926@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
927configured for the Blackfin processor family.
928@end ifclear
929
930@ifset man
931@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
932The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
933the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
934@c man end
935@c man begin INCLUDE
936@include c-bfin.texi
937@c ended inside the included file
938@end ifset
9982501a 939
9982501a
JZ
940@end ifset
941
635fb38d 942@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
943@ifset CRIS
944See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
945@end ifset
946
252b5132
RH
947@ifset D10V
948The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
949a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 950@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
951@cindex D10V optimization
952@cindex optimization, D10V
953@item -O
954Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
955@end table
956@end ifset
957
958@ifset D30V
959The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
960processor.
a4fb0134 961@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
962@cindex D30V optimization
963@cindex optimization, D30V
964@item -O
965Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
966
967@cindex D30V nops
968@item -n
969Warn when nops are generated.
970
971@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
972@item -N
973Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
974@end table
975@end ifset
731caf76
L
976@c man end
977
cfb8c092
NC
978@ifset EPIPHANY
979The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
980Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
981
56b13185
JR
982@ifclear man
983@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
984configured for an Epiphany processor.
985@end ifclear
cfb8c092 986
56b13185
JR
987@ifset man
988@c man begin OPTIONS
989The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
990an Epiphany processor.
991@c man end
992@c man begin INCLUDE
993@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
994@c ended inside the included file
995@end ifset
996
997@end ifset
998
999@ifset H8300
1000
1001@ifclear man
1002@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1003for an H8/300 processor.
1004@end ifclear
1005
1006@ifset man
1007@c man begin OPTIONS
1008The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1009processor.
1010@c man end
1011@c man begin INCLUDE
1012@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1013@c ended inside the included file
1014@end ifset
cfb8c092 1015
cfb8c092
NC
1016@end ifset
1017
731caf76 1018@ifset I80386
252b5132 1019
731caf76
L
1020@ifclear man
1021@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1022configured for an i386 processor.
1023@end ifclear
1024
1025@ifset man
1026@c man begin OPTIONS
1027The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1028an i386 processor.
1029@c man end
1030@c man begin INCLUDE
1031@include c-i386.texi
1032@c ended inside the included file
1033@end ifset
1034
1035@end ifset
1036
1037@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1038@ifset I960
1039The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1040Intel 80960 processor.
1041
a4fb0134 1042@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1043@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1044Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1045
1046@item -b
1047Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1048
1049@item -no-relax
1050Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1051error if necessary.
1052
1053@end table
1054@end ifset
1055
a40cbfa3
NC
1056@ifset IP2K
1057The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1058Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1059
1060@table @gcctabopt
1061
1062@item -mip2022ext
1063Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1064
1065@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1066Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1067just the basic IP2022 ones.
1068
1069@end table
1070@end ifset
1071
49f58d10
JB
1072@ifset M32C
1073The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1074Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1075
1076@table @gcctabopt
1077
1078@item -m32c
1079Assemble M32C instructions.
1080
1081@item -m16c
1082Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1083
c54b5932
DD
1084@item -relax
1085Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1086
1087@item -h-tick-hex
1088Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1089
49f58d10
JB
1090@end table
1091@end ifset
1092
ec694b89
NC
1093@ifset M32R
1094The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1095Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1096
a4fb0134 1097@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1098
1099@item --m32rx
1100Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1101is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1102
1103@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1104Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1105encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1106
1107@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1108Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1109encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1110
1111@end table
1112@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1113
1114@ifset M680X0
1115The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1116Motorola 68000 series.
1117
a4fb0134 1118@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1119
1120@item -l
1121Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1122
0285c67d
NC
1123@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1124@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1125@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1126Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1127is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1128
1129@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1130The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1131The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1132the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1133two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1134coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1135
1136@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1137The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1138unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1139
1140@end table
1141@end ifset
1142
36591ba1
SL
1143@ifset NIOSII
1144
1145@ifclear man
1146@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1147for an Altera Nios II processor.
1148@end ifclear
1149
1150@ifset man
1151@c man begin OPTIONS
1152The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1153Altera Nios II processor.
1154@c man end
1155@c man begin INCLUDE
1156@include c-nios2.texi
1157@c ended inside the included file
1158@end ifset
1159@end ifset
1160
e135f41b
NC
1161@ifset PDP11
1162
1163For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1164see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1165
a4fb0134 1166@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1167@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1168Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1169default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1170
1171@item -mall
1172@itemx -mall-extensions
1173Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1174
1175@item -mno-extensions
1176Disable all instruction set extensions.
1177
1178@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1179Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1180
1181@item -m@var{cpu}
1182Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1183disable all other extensions.
1184
1185@item -m@var{machine}
1186Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1187model, and disable all other extensions.
1188@end table
1189
1190@end ifset
1191
041dd5a9
ILT
1192@ifset PJ
1193The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1194a picoJava processor.
1195
a4fb0134 1196@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1197
1198@cindex PJ endianness
1199@cindex endianness, PJ
1200@cindex big endian output, PJ
1201@item -mb
1202Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1203
1204@cindex little endian output, PJ
1205@item -ml
1206Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1207
1208@end table
1209@end ifset
1210
60bcf0fa
NC
1211@ifset M68HC11
1212The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1213Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1214
a4fb0134 1215@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1216
6927f982 1217@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1218Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1219defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1220
6927f982
NC
1221@item --xgate-ramoffset
1222Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1223XGATE address space.
1224
2f904664
SC
1225@item -mshort
1226Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1227
1228@item -mlong
01642c12 1229Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1230
1231@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1232Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1233
1234@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1235Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1236
1370e33d 1237@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1238Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1239conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1240sub routine.
1241
1370e33d
NC
1242@item -S | --short-branches
1243Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1244when the offset is out of range.
1245
1246@item --strict-direct-mode
1247Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1248when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1249
1250@item --print-insn-syntax
1251Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1252
1253@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1254Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1255
1256@item --generate-example
6927f982 1257Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1258This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1259
1260@end table
1261@end ifset
1262
252b5132 1263@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1264The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1265for the SPARC architecture:
1266
a4fb0134 1267@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1268@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1269@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1270Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1271
1272@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1273@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1274
1275@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1276UltraSPARC extensions.
1277
1278@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1279For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1280equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1281
1282@item -bump
1283Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1284@end table
1285@end ifset
1286
39bec121
TW
1287@ifset TIC54X
1288The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1289architecture.
39bec121 1290
a4fb0134 1291@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1292@item -mfar-mode
1293Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1294extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1295@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1296Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1297@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1298Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1299behaviour in the shell.
1300@end table
1301@end ifset
1302
252b5132
RH
1303@ifset MIPS
1304The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1305a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1306
a4fb0134 1307@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1308@item -G @var{num}
1309This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1310implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1311use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1312
1313@cindex MIPS endianness
1314@cindex endianness, MIPS
1315@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1316@item -EB
1317Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1318
1319@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1320@item -EL
1321Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1322
1323@cindex MIPS ISA
1324@item -mips1
1325@itemx -mips2
1326@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1327@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1328@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1329@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1330@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1331@itemx -mips32r3
1332@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1333@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1334@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1335@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1336@itemx -mips64r3
1337@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1338@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1339Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1340@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1341alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1342@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1343@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1344@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1345@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1346MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1347Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1348MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1349
98508b2a
RS
1350@item -march=@var{cpu}
1351Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1352
1353@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1354Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1355
1356@item -mfix7000
1357@itemx -mno-fix7000
1358Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1359of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1360
a8d14a88
CM
1361@item -mfix-rm7000
1362@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1363Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1364followed by a load instruction.
1365
ecb4347a
DJ
1366@item -mdebug
1367@itemx -no-mdebug
1368Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1369section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1370
dcd410fe
RO
1371@item -mpdr
1372@itemx -mno-pdr
1373Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1374
437ee9d5
TS
1375@item -mgp32
1376@itemx -mfp32
1377The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1378flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1379all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1380and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1381
351cdf24
MF
1382@item -mgp64
1383@itemx -mfp64
1384The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1385flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1386all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1387and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1388
1389@item -mfpxx
1390The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1391this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1392which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
139332 or 64 bits wide.
1394
1395@item -modd-spreg
1396@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1397Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1398registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1399@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1400
437ee9d5
TS
1401@item -mips16
1402@itemx -no-mips16
1403Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1404@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1405turns off this option.
252b5132 1406
df58fc94
RS
1407@item -mmicromips
1408@itemx -mno-micromips
1409Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1410@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1411turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1412at the start of the assembly file.
1413
e16bfa71
TS
1414@item -msmartmips
1415@itemx -mno-smartmips
1416Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1417equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1418@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1419
1f25f5d3
CD
1420@item -mips3d
1421@itemx -no-mips3d
1422Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1423This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1424@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1425
deec1734
CD
1426@item -mdmx
1427@itemx -no-mdmx
1428Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1429This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1430@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1431
2ef2b9ae
CF
1432@item -mdsp
1433@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1434Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1435This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1436@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1437
8b082fb1
TS
1438@item -mdspr2
1439@itemx -mno-dspr2
1440Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1441This option implies -mdsp.
1442This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1443@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1444
56d438b1
CF
1445@item -mmsa
1446@itemx -mno-msa
1447Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1448This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1449@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1450
7d64c587
AB
1451@item -mxpa
1452@itemx -mno-xpa
1453Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1454This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1455@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1456
ef2e4d86
CF
1457@item -mmt
1458@itemx -mno-mt
1459Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1460This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1461@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1462
dec0624d
MR
1463@item -mmcu
1464@itemx -mno-mcu
1465Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1466This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1467@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1468
833794fc
MR
1469@item -minsn32
1470@itemx -mno-insn32
1471Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1472microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1473instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1474the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1475option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1476start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1477selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1478
437ee9d5
TS
1479@item --construct-floats
1480@itemx --no-construct-floats
1481The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1482double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1483value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1484the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1485selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1486
3bf0dbfb
MR
1487@item --relax-branch
1488@itemx --no-relax-branch
1489The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1490branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1491out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1492
ba92f887
MR
1493@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1494Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1495(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1496
252b5132
RH
1497@cindex emulation
1498@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1499This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1500on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1501removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1502It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1503
1504The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1505@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1506is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1507big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1508preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1509
1510@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1511@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1512the native tools.
1513
252b5132
RH
1514@item --trap
1515@itemx --no-trap
1516@itemx --break
1517@itemx --no-break
1518Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1519@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1520(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1521@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1522break exception.
63486801
L
1523
1524@item -n
a4fb0134 1525When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1526time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1527@end table
1528@end ifset
1529
1530@ifset MCORE
1531The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1532an MCore processor.
1533
a4fb0134 1534@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1535@item -jsri2bsr
1536@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1537Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1538The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1539
1540@item -sifilter
1541@itemx -nosifilter
1542Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1543The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1544
1545@item -relax
1546Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1547
ec694b89
NC
1548@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1549Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1550can be assembled.
1551
1552@item -EB
1553Assemble for a big endian target.
1554
1555@item -EL
1556Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1557
1558@end table
1559@end ifset
a3c62988 1560@c man end
252b5132 1561
a3c62988
NC
1562@ifset METAG
1563
1564@ifclear man
1565@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1566for a Meta processor.
1567@end ifclear
1568
1569@ifset man
1570@c man begin OPTIONS
1571The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1572Meta processor.
1573@c man end
1574@c man begin INCLUDE
1575@include c-metag.texi
1576@c ended inside the included file
1577@end ifset
1578
1579@end ifset
1580
1581@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1582@ifset MMIX
1583See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1584@end ifset
1585
35c08157
KLC
1586@ifset NDS32
1587
1588@ifclear man
1589@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1590for a NDS32 processor.
1591@end ifclear
1592@c ended inside the included file
1593@end ifset
1594
1595@ifset man
1596@c man begin OPTIONS
1597The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1598NDS32 processor.
1599@c man end
1600@c man begin INCLUDE
1601@include c-nds32.texi
1602@c ended inside the included file
1603@end ifset
1604
635fb38d 1605@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1606@ifset PPC
1607
1608@ifclear man
1609@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1610for a PowerPC processor.
1611@end ifclear
1612
1613@ifset man
1614@c man begin OPTIONS
1615The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1616PowerPC processor.
1617@c man end
1618@c man begin INCLUDE
1619@include c-ppc.texi
1620@c ended inside the included file
1621@end ifset
1622
1623@end ifset
1624
635fb38d 1625@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1626@ifset RX
1627See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1628@end ifset
1629
11c19e16
MS
1630@ifset S390
1631The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1632processor family.
1633
1634@table @gcctabopt
1635@item -m31
1636@itemx -m64
1637Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1638@item -mesa
1639@item -mzarch
1640Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1641Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1642@item -march=@var{processor}
1643Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1644@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1645@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1646@item -mregnames
1647@itemx -mno-regnames
1648Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1649@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1650Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1651but evaluates to zero.
1652@end table
1653@end ifset
2a633939 1654@c man end
11c19e16 1655
40b36596 1656@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1657
1658@ifclear man
1659@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1660for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1661@end ifclear
1662
1663@ifset man
1664@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1665The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1666TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1667@c man end
1668@c man begin INCLUDE
1669@include c-tic6x.texi
1670@c ended inside the included file
1671@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1672
1673@end ifset
1674
aa137e4d
NC
1675@ifset TILEGX
1676
1677@ifclear man
1678@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1679for a TILE-Gx processor.
1680@end ifclear
1681
1682@ifset man
1683@c man begin OPTIONS
1684The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1685processor.
1686@c man end
1687@c man begin INCLUDE
1688@include c-tilegx.texi
1689@c ended inside the included file
1690@end ifset
1691
1692@end ifset
1693
b6605ddd
EB
1694@ifset VISIUM
1695
1696@ifclear man
1697@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1698for a Visium processor.
1699@end ifclear
1700
1701@ifset man
1702@c man begin OPTIONS
1703The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1704processor.
1705@c man end
1706@c man begin INCLUDE
1707@include c-visium.texi
1708@c ended inside the included file
1709@end ifset
1710
1711@end ifset
1712
e0001a05 1713@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1714
2d8b84ae
SA
1715@ifclear man
1716@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1717for an Xtensa processor.
1718@end ifclear
1719
1720@ifset man
1721@c man begin OPTIONS
1722The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1723Xtensa processor.
1724@c man end
1725@c man begin INCLUDE
1726@include c-xtensa.texi
1727@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1728@end ifset
1729
2d8b84ae
SA
1730@end ifset
1731
1732@c man begin OPTIONS
1733
3c9b82ba
NC
1734@ifset Z80
1735The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1736a Z80 family processor.
1737@table @gcctabopt
1738@item -z80
1739Assemble for Z80 processor.
1740@item -r800
1741Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1742@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1743@itemx -Wnud
1744Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1745@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1746@itemx -Wnup
1747Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1748@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1749@itemx -Wud
1750Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1751@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1752@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1753Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1754@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1755@itemx -Fud
1756Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1757@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1758@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1759Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1760@end table
1761@end ifset
1762
0285c67d
NC
1763@c man end
1764
252b5132
RH
1765@menu
1766* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1767* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1768* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1769* Command Line:: Command Line
1770* Input Files:: Input Files
1771* Object:: Output (Object) File
1772* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1773@end menu
1774
1775@node Manual
1776@section Structure of this Manual
1777
1778@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1779This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1780@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1781notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1782@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1783
1784@ifclear GENERIC
1785We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1786configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1787@end ifclear
1788@ifset GENERIC
1789This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1790various flavors of the assembler.
1791@end ifset
1792
1793@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1794On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1795to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1796In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1797architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1798mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1799particular architecture.
1800@ifset GENERIC
1801You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1802machine architecture manual for this information.
1803@end ifset
1804@ifclear GENERIC
1805@ifset H8/300
1806For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1807Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1808Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1809@end ifset
252b5132 1810@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1811For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1812see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1813@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1814@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1815@end ifset
1816@ifset Z8000
1817For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1818@end ifset
1819@end ifclear
1820
1821@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1822@ignore
1823Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1824the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1825Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1826computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1827once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1828qualification.
1829
a4fb0134 1830@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1831human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1832computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1833@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1834@end ignore
1835
1836@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1837@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1838@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1839@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1840@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1841@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1842@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1843@c directives).
1844
1845@node GNU Assembler
1846@section The GNU Assembler
1847
0285c67d
NC
1848@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1849
a4fb0134 1850@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1851@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1852This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1853configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1854@end ifclear
1855If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1856should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1857architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1858including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1859@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1860
1861@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1862@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1863@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1864@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1865assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1866machine would assemble.
1867@ifset VAX
1868Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1869@end ifset
1870@ifset M680X0
1871@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1872@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1873This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1874assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1875incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1876@end ifset
1877
0285c67d
NC
1878@c man end
1879
a4fb0134 1880Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1881program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1882@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1883
1884@node Object Formats
1885@section Object File Formats
1886
1887@cindex object file format
1888The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1889object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1890write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1891are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1892Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1893@ifclear GENERIC
1894@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1895For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1896@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1897@end ifclear
1898@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1899@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1900On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1901@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1902@end ifset
1903@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1904On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1905SOM or ELF format object files.
1906@end ifset
1907@end ifclear
1908
1909@node Command Line
1910@section Command Line
1911
1912@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1913
a4fb0134 1914After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1915options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1916before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1917significant.
1918
1919@cindex standard input, as input file
1920@kindex --
1921@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1922explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1923
1924@cindex options, command line
1925Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1926hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1927@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1928option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1929the letter is important. All options are optional.
1930
1931Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1932name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1933with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1934standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1935
1936@smallexample
1937@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1938@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1939@end smallexample
1940
1941@node Input Files
1942@section Input Files
1943
1944@cindex input
1945@cindex source program
1946@cindex files, input
1947We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1948describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1949be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1950doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1951
1952@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1953@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1954The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1955order specified.
1956
0285c67d 1957@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1958Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1959program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1960(The standard input is also a file.)
1961
a4fb0134 1962You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1963names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1964command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1965is taken to be an input file name.
1966
a4fb0134
SC
1967If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1968from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1969may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1970to assemble.
1971
1972Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1973in your command line.
1974
a4fb0134 1975If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1976file.
1977
0285c67d
NC
1978@c man end
1979
252b5132
RH
1980@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1981
1982@cindex input file linenumbers
1983@cindex line numbers, in input files
1984There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1985either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1986number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1987``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1988
1989@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1990to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1991
1992@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1993directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1994error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1995is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1996@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1997@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1998
1999@node Object
2000@section Output (Object) File
2001
2002@cindex object file
2003@cindex output file
2004@kindex a.out
2005@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2006Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2007your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2008is the object file. Its default name is
2009@ifclear BOUT
2010@code{a.out}.
2011@end ifclear
2012@ifset BOUT
2013@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2014@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2015@end ifset
a4fb0134 2016@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2017@end ifset
a4fb0134 2018You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2019object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2020reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2021directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2022possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2023
2024@cindex linker
2025@kindex ld
2026The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2027assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2028the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2029information for the debugger.
2030
2031@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2032@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2033
2034@node Errors
2035@section Error and Warning Messages
2036
0285c67d
NC
2037@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2038
a349d9dd 2039@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2040@cindex warning messages
2041@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2042@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2043file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2044runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2045that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2046grave problem that stops the assembly.
2047
0285c67d
NC
2048@c man end
2049
252b5132
RH
2050@cindex format of warning messages
2051Warning messages have the format
2052
2053@smallexample
2054file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2055@end smallexample
2056
2057@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2058@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2059(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2060(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2061@ifset GENERIC
2062(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2063@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2064have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2065in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2066intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2067
2068Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2069directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2070
2071@smallexample
2072 .file 2 "bar.c"
2073 error_assembler_source
2074 .file "foo.c"
2075 .line 30
2076 error_c_source
2077@end smallexample
2078
2079produces this output:
2080
2081@smallexample
2082 Assembler messages:
2083 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2084 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2085@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2086
2087@cindex format of error messages
2088Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2089
252b5132
RH
2090@smallexample
2091file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2092@end smallexample
72e0b254 2093
252b5132
RH
2094The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2095messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2096because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2097
2098@node Invoking
2099@chapter Command-Line Options
2100
2101@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2102This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2103versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2104for options specific
252b5132 2105@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2106to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2107@end ifclear
2108@ifset GENERIC
2109to particular machine architectures.
2110@end ifset
2111
0285c67d
NC
2112@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2113
c1253627 2114If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2115you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2116The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2117by commas. For example:
2118
2119@smallexample
2120gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2121@end smallexample
2122
2123@noindent
2124This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2125standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2126local symbols in the symbol table).
2127
2128Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2129command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2130(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2131precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2132assembler.)
2133
0285c67d
NC
2134@c man end
2135
252b5132 2136@menu
83f10cb2 2137* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2138* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2139* D:: -D for compatibility
2140* f:: -f to work faster
2141* I:: -I for .include search path
2142@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2143* K:: -K for compatibility
2144@end ifclear
2145@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2146* K:: -K for difference tables
2147@end ifset
2148
ba83aca1 2149* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2150* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2151* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2152* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2153* o:: -o to name the object file
2154* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2155* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2156* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2157* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2158* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2159* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2160@end menu
2161
2162@node a
83f10cb2 2163@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2164
2165@kindex -a
2166@kindex -ac
2167@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2168@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2169@kindex -ah
2170@kindex -al
2171@kindex -an
2172@kindex -as
2173@cindex listings, enabling
2174@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2175
2176These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2177@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2178You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2179@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2180@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2181@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2182High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2183@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2184also.
2185
83f10cb2
NC
2186Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2187information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2188
252b5132
RH
2189Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2190which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2191other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2192omitted from the listing.
2193
2194Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2195listing.
2196
2197Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2198listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2199@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2200@code{.sbttl}.
2201The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2202If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2203listing-control directives have no effect.
2204
2205The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2206@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2207
96e9638b
BW
2208Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2209because it
c3a27914
NC
2210is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2211is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2212directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2213stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2214memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2215
caa32fe5
NC
2216@node alternate
2217@section @option{--alternate}
2218
2219@kindex --alternate
2220Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2221
252b5132 2222@node D
a4fb0134 2223@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2224
2225@kindex -D
2226This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2227likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2228@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2229
2230@node f
a4fb0134 2231@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2232
2233@kindex -f
2234@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2235@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2236@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2237(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2238and comment preprocessing on
2239the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2240,Preprocessing}.
2241
2242@quotation
2243@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2244preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2245not work correctly.
2246@end quotation
2247
2248@node I
c1253627 2249@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2250
2251@kindex -I @var{path}
2252@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2253@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2254@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2255Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2256@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2257directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2258many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2259working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2260searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2261specified (left to right) on the command line.
2262
2263@node K
a4fb0134 2264@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2265
2266@kindex -K
2267@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2268On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2269permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2270where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2271generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2272family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2273alteration on other platforms.
2274@end ifclear
2275
2276@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2277@cindex difference tables, warning
2278@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2279@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2280form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2281You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2282is done.
2283@end ifset
2284
2285@node L
ba83aca1 2286@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2287
2288@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2289@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2290Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2291@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2292called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2293such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2294programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2295notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2296such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2297
2298This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2299in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2300@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2301
c3a27914 2302@node listing
a4fb0134 2303@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2304
2305The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2306@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2307hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2308them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2309directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2310@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2311@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2312@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2313
a4fb0134 2314@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2315@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2316@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2317@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2318Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2319dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2320
2321@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2322@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2323@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2324Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2325a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2326the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2327switch is used the default is to one.
2328
2329@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2330@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2331@cindex Width of source line output
2332Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2333alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2334source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2335
2336@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2337@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2338@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2339Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2340displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2341@end table
2342
252b5132 2343@node M
a4fb0134 2344@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2345
2346@kindex -M
2347@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2348The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2349changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2350compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2351configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2352MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2353information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2354arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2355assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2356
2357The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2358depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2359file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2360individually. These are:
2361
2362@itemize @bullet
2363@item global symbols in common section
2364
2365The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2366Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2367common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2368symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2369symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2370
2371@item complex relocations
2372
2373The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2374relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2375are not support by other object file formats.
2376
2377@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2378
2379The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2380This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2381instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2382script.
2383
2384@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2385
2386The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2387name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2388
2389@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2390
2391The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2392address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2393which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2394not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2395assigned within a linker script.
2396@end itemize
2397
2398There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2399@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2400seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2401
2402@itemize @bullet
2403
2404@item EBCDIC strings
2405
2406EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2407
2408@item packed binary coded decimal
2409
2410Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2411and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2412
2413@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2414
2415The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2416
2417@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2418
2419The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2420
2421@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2422
2423The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2424@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2425relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2426these options serve no purpose.
2427
2428@item @code{OPT} list control options
2429
2430The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2431@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2432@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2433
2434@item other @code{OPT} options
2435
2436The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2437@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2438
2439@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2440
2441The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2442@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2443
2444@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2445
2446The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2447
2448@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2449
2450The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2451
2452@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2453
2454The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2455
2456@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2457
2458The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2459
2460@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2461
2462The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2463
2464@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2465
2466The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2467
2468@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2469
2470The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2471
2472@end itemize
2473
2474@node MD
c1253627 2475@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2476
2477@kindex --MD
2478@cindex dependency tracking
2479@cindex make rules
2480
a4fb0134 2481@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2482file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2483dependencies of the main source file.
2484
2485The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2486
2487This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2488
2489@node o
a4fb0134 2490@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2491
2492@kindex -o
2493@cindex naming object file
2494@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2495There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2496default it has the name
2497@ifset GENERIC
2498@ifset I960
2499@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2500@end ifset
2501@ifclear I960
2502@file{a.out}.
2503@end ifclear
2504@end ifset
2505@ifclear GENERIC
2506@ifset I960
2507@file{b.out}.
2508@end ifset
2509@ifclear I960
2510@file{a.out}.
2511@end ifclear
2512@end ifclear
2513You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2514object file a different name.
2515
a4fb0134 2516Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2517existing file of the same name.
2518
2519@node R
a4fb0134 2520@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2521
2522@kindex -R
2523@cindex data and text sections, joining
2524@cindex text and data sections, joining
2525@cindex joining text and data sections
2526@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2527@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2528data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2529the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2530section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2531your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2532appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2533
a4fb0134 2534When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2535address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2536data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2537older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2538
c1253627
NC
2539@ifset COFF-ELF
2540When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2541this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2542@samp{.data}.
2543@end ifset
2544
2545@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2546@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2547@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2548@end ifset
2549
2550@node statistics
a4fb0134 2551@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2552
2553@kindex --statistics
2554@cindex statistics, about assembly
2555@cindex time, total for assembly
2556@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2557Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2558@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2559(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2560seconds).
2561
2562@node traditional-format
c1253627 2563@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2564
2565@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2566For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2567from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2568@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2569
2570For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2571@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2572
2573@node v
a4fb0134 2574@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2575
2576@kindex -v
2577@kindex -version
2578@cindex assembler version
2579@cindex version of assembler
2580You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2581option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2582command line.
2583
2584@node W
a4fb0134 2585@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2586
a4fb0134 2587@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2588assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2589cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2590made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2591
c1253627
NC
2592@kindex -W
2593@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2594@cindex suppressing warnings
2595@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2596If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2597This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2598how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2599are still reported.
2600
c1253627 2601@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2602@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2603@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2604If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2605files that generate warnings to be in error.
2606
c1253627 2607@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2608@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2609You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2610causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2611
2612@node Z
a4fb0134 2613@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2614@cindex object file, after errors
2615@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2616After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2617some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2618@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2619option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2620writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2621errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2622
2623@node Syntax
2624@chapter Syntax
2625
2626@cindex machine-independent syntax
2627@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2628This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2629source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2630assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2631@ifclear VAX
2632assembler.
2633@end ifclear
2634@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2635assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2636@end ifset
2637
2638@menu
7c31ae13 2639* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2640* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2641* Comments:: Comments
2642* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2643* Statements:: Statements
2644* Constants:: Constants
2645@end menu
2646
2647@node Preprocessing
2648@section Preprocessing
2649
2650@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2651The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2652@itemize @bullet
2653@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2654@item
2655adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2656the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2657a single space.
2658
2659@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2660@item
2661removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2662appropriate number of newlines.
2663
2664@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2665@item
2666converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2667@end itemize
2668
2669It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2670anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2671do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2672(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2673to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2674@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2675Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2676
2677Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2678cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2679preprocessed.
2680
2681@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2682@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2683@kindex #NO_APP
2684@kindex #APP
2685If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2686@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2687Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2688specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2689text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2690@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2691@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2692and whitespace.
2693
2694@node Whitespace
2695@section Whitespace
2696
2697@cindex whitespace
2698@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2699Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2700people to read. Unless within character constants
2701(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2702as exactly one space.
2703
2704@node Comments
2705@section Comments
2706
2707@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2708There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2709cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2710
2711Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2712This means you may not nest these comments.
2713
2714@smallexample
2715/*
2716 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2717 is to use this sort of comment.
2718*/
2719
2720/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2721@end smallexample
2722
2723@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2724Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2725considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2726specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2727line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2728line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2729comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2730upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2731@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2732
2733If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2734special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2735to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2736
2737@kindex #
2738@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2739@cindex logical line numbers
2740To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2741special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2742expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2743line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2744new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2745
2746If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2747the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2748
2749@smallexample
2750 # This is an ordinary comment.
2751# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2752 # This is logical line # 36.
2753@end smallexample
2754This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2755of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2756
2757@node Symbol Intro
2758@section Symbols
2759
2760@cindex characters used in symbols
2761@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2762A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2763letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2764@samp{_.$}.
2765@end ifclear
2766@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2767@ifclear GENERIC
2768@ifset H8
2769A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2770letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2771@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2772symbol names.)
2773@end ifset
2774@end ifclear
2775@end ifset
2776@ifset GENERIC
2777On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2778are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2779@end ifset
2780No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2781There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2782are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2783beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2784of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2785
2786Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2787cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2788quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2789backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2790@cindex length of symbols
2791
2792@node Statements
2793@section Statements
2794
2795@cindex statements, structure of
2796@cindex line separator character
2797@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2798
2799A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2800@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2801specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2802target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2803The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2804preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2805exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2806
2807@cindex newline, required at file end
2808@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2809It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2810character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2811
2812An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2813
2814@cindex instructions and directives
2815@cindex directives and instructions
2816@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2817@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2818@c 13feb91.
2819A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2820key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2821symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2822symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2823directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2824a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2825assembles into a machine language instruction.
2826@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2827Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2828recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2829represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2830language.@refill
2831@end ifset
2832
2833@cindex @code{:} (label)
2834@cindex label (@code{:})
2835A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2836Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2837have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2838
2839@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2840For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2841the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2842only one label may be defined on each line.
2843@end ifset
2844
2845@smallexample
2846label: .directive followed by something
2847another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2848 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2849@end smallexample
2850
2851@node Constants
2852@section Constants
2853
2854@cindex constants
2855A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2856inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2857@smallexample
2858@group
2859.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2860.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2861.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2862.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
286395028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2864@end group
2865@end smallexample
2866
2867@menu
2868* Characters:: Character Constants
2869* Numbers:: Number Constants
2870@end menu
2871
2872@node Characters
2873@subsection Character Constants
2874
2875@cindex character constants
2876@cindex constants, character
2877There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2878for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2879numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2880@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2881used in arithmetic expressions.
2882
2883@menu
2884* Strings:: Strings
2885* Chars:: Characters
2886@end menu
2887
2888@node Strings
2889@subsubsection Strings
2890
2891@cindex string constants
2892@cindex constants, string
2893A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2894double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2895into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2896a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2897one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2898@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2899(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2900escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2901
2902@cindex escape codes, character
2903@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2904@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2905@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2906@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2907@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2908@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2909@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2910@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2911@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2912@table @kbd
2913@c @item \a
2914@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2915@c
361fa3a4 2916@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2917@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2918@item \b
2919Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2920
2921@c @item \e
2922@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2923@c
361fa3a4 2924@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2925@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2926@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2927Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2928
361fa3a4 2929@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2930@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2931@item \n
2932Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2933
2934@c @item \p
2935@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2936@c
361fa3a4
NC
2937@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2938@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2939@item \r
2940Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2941
2942@c @item \s
2943@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2944@c other assemblers.
2945@c
361fa3a4 2946@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2947@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2948@item \t
2949Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2950
2951@c @item \v
2952@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2953@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2954@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2955@c
361fa3a4 2956@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2957@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2958@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2959An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2960For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2961for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2962
361fa3a4 2963@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
2964@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2965@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2966A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2967lower case @code{x} works.
2968
361fa3a4 2969@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
2970@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2971@item \\
2972Represents one @samp{\} character.
2973
2974@c @item \'
2975@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2976@c This is needed in single character literals
2977@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2978@c a @samp{'}.
2979@c
361fa3a4 2980@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
2981@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2982@item \"
2983Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2984this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2985
2986@item \ @var{anything-else}
2987Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2988assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2989you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2990interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2991other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2992code and warns you of the fact.
2993@end table
2994
2995Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2996varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2997the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2998compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2999sequence.
3000
3001@node Chars
3002@subsubsection Characters
3003
3004@cindex single character constant
3005@cindex character, single
3006@cindex constant, single character
3007A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
3008followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
3009to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
3010must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3011@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3012grave accent. A newline
3013@ifclear GENERIC
3014@ifclear abnormal-separator
3015(or semicolon @samp{;})
3016@end ifclear
3017@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3018@ifset H8
3019(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3020Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3021@end ifset
3022@end ifset
3023@end ifclear
3024immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3025and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3026constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3027that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3028@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3029
3030@node Numbers
3031@subsection Number Constants
3032
3033@cindex constants, number
3034@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3035@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3036are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3037would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3038integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3039are floating point numbers, described below.
3040
3041@menu
3042* Integers:: Integers
3043* Bignums:: Bignums
3044* Flonums:: Flonums
3045@ifclear GENERIC
3046@ifset I960
3047* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3048@end ifset
3049@end ifclear
3050@end menu
3051
3052@node Integers
3053@subsubsection Integers
3054@cindex integers
3055@cindex constants, integer
3056
3057@cindex binary integers
3058@cindex integers, binary
3059A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3060the binary digits @samp{01}.
3061
3062@cindex octal integers
3063@cindex integers, octal
3064An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3065digits (@samp{01234567}).
3066
3067@cindex decimal integers
3068@cindex integers, decimal
3069A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3070more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3071
3072@cindex hexadecimal integers
3073@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3074A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3075more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3076
3077Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3078the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3079(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3080
3081@node Bignums
3082@subsubsection Bignums
3083
3084@cindex bignums
3085@cindex constants, bignum
3086A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3087except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3088represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3089integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3090
3091@node Flonums
3092@subsubsection Flonums
3093@cindex flonums
3094@cindex floating point numbers
3095@cindex constants, floating point
3096
3097@cindex precision, floating point
3098A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3099indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3100@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3101sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3102to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3103portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3104
3105A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3106@itemize @bullet
3107@item
3108The digit @samp{0}.
3109@ifset HPPA
3110(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3111@end ifset
3112
3113@item
a4fb0134 3114A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3115@ifset GENERIC
3116@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3117@ignore
3118@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3119(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31204.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3121@end ignore
3122
7be1c489 3123On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3124and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3125one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3126
3127On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3128(in upper or lower case).
3129
3130On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3131one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3132
3133On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3134@end ifset
3135@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3136@ifset ARC
3137One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3138@end ifset
3139@ifset H8
3140One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3141@end ifset
3142@ifset HPPA
3143The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3144@end ifset
3145@ifset I960
3146One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3147@end ifset
3148@end ifclear
3149
3150@item
3151An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3152
3153@item
3154An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3155
3156@item
3157An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3158or more decimal digits.
3159
3160@item
3161An optional exponent, consisting of:
3162
3163@itemize @bullet
3164@item
3165An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3166@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3167@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3168@item
3169Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3170@item
3171One or more decimal digits.
3172@end itemize
3173
3174@end itemize
3175
3176At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3177present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3178
a4fb0134 3179@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3180independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3181@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3182
3183@ifclear GENERIC
3184@ifset I960
3185@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3186@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3187@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3188@node Bit Fields
3189@subsubsection Bit Fields
3190
3191@cindex bit fields
3192@cindex constants, bit field
3193You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3194Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3195@example
3196@var{mask}:@var{value}
3197@end example
3198@noindent
a4fb0134 3199@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3200@var{value}.
3201
3202The resulting number is then packed
3203@ifset GENERIC
3204@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3205(in host-dependent byte order)
3206@end ifset
3207into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3208bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3209requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3210more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3211least significant digits.@refill
3212
3213The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3214@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3215@end ifset
3216@end ifclear
3217
3218@node Sections
3219@chapter Sections and Relocation
3220@cindex sections
3221@cindex relocation
3222
3223@menu
3224* Secs Background:: Background
3225* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3226* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3227* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3228* bss:: bss Section
3229@end menu
3230
3231@node Secs Background
3232@section Background
3233
3234Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3235``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3236For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3237
3238@cindex linker, and assembler
3239@cindex assembler, and linker
3240The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3241combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3242emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3243@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3244different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3245oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3246sections.
3247
3248@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3249addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3250units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3251within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3252run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3253the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3254the proper run-time addresses.
3255@ifset H8
7be1c489 3256For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3257@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3258ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3259@end ifset
3260
3261@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3262An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3263of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3264@dfn{bss} sections.
3265
c1253627 3266@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3267@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3268When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3269@end ifset
a4fb0134 3270@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3271using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3272If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3273or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3274@end ifset
3275
3276@ifset HPPA
3277@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3278When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3279@end ifset
a4fb0134 3280@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3281specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3282@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3283(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3284assembler directives.
3285
3286@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3287Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3288text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3289is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3290BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3291@end ifset
3292@end ifset
3293
3294Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3295data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3296
3297@ifset HPPA
3298When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3299section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3300@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3301@end ifset
3302
3303To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3304relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3305object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3306@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3307file is mentioned:
3308@itemize @bullet
3309@item
3310Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3311an address?
3312@item
3313How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3314@item
3315Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3316@display
3317(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3318@end display
3319@item
3320Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3321@end itemize
3322
3323@cindex addresses, format of
3324@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3325In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3326@display
3327(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3328@end display
3329@noindent
a4fb0134 3330Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3331nature.
3332@ifset SOM
3333(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3334symbol-relative instead.)
3335@end ifset
3336
3337In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3338@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3339
3340Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3341@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3342addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3343@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3344@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3345data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3346their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3347part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3348address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3349
3350The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3351address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3352rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3353Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3354address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3355common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3356time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3357
3358By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3359the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3360sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3361customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3362the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3363data and bss sections.
3364
3365Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3366use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3367
3368@node Ld Sections
3369@section Linker Sections
3370@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3371
3372@table @strong
3373
c1253627 3374@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3375@cindex named sections
3376@cindex sections, named
3377@item named sections
3378@end ifset
3379@ifset aout-bout
3380@cindex text section
3381@cindex data section
3382@itemx text section
3383@itemx data section
3384@end ifset
a4fb0134 3385These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3386separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3387true of another.
3388@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3389When the program is running, however, it is
3390customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3391text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3392instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3393program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3394in the data section.
c1253627 3395@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3396
3397@cindex bss section
3398@item bss section
3399This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3400is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3401each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3402out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3403bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3404those explicit zeros from object files.
3405
3406@cindex absolute section
3407@item absolute section
3408Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3409This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3410not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3411addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3412
3413@cindex undefined section
3414@item undefined section
3415This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3416the preceding sections.
3417@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3418@end table
3419
3420@cindex relocation example
3421An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3422@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3423The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3424@end ifset
3425Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3426
3427@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3428@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3429@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3430@smallexample
3431 +-----+----+--+
3432partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3433 +-----+----+--+
3434
3435 text data bss
3436 seg. seg. seg.
3437
3438 +---+---+---+
3439partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3440 +---+---+---+
3441
3442 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3443linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3444 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3445
3446 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3447@end smallexample
3448@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3449@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3450@need 5000
3451@tex
c1253627 3452\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3453\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3454\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3455\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3456
3457\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3458\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3459\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3460
3461\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3462\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3463\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3464ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3465DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3466
3467\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3468\line{0\dots\hfil}
3469
3470@end tex
3471@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3472
3473@node As Sections
3474@section Assembler Internal Sections
3475
3476@cindex internal assembler sections
3477@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3478These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3479have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3480sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3481warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3482meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3483value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3484section-relative address.
3485
3486@table @b
3487@cindex assembler internal logic error
3488@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3489An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3490bug in the assembler.
3491
3492@cindex expr (internal section)
3493@item expr section
3494The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3495symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3496it in the expr section.
3497@c FIXME item debug
3498@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3499@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3500@c FIXME item register
3501@end table
3502
3503@node Sub-Sections
3504@section Sub-Sections
3505
3506@cindex numbered subsections
3507@cindex grouping data
3508@ifset aout-bout
3509Assembled bytes
c1253627 3510@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3511conventionally
3512@end ifset
3513fall into two sections: text and data.
3514@end ifset
3515You may have separate groups of
3516@ifset GENERIC
3517data in named sections
3518@end ifset
3519@ifclear GENERIC
3520@ifclear aout-bout
3521data in named sections
3522@end ifclear
3523@ifset aout-bout
3524text or data
3525@end ifset
3526@end ifclear
3527that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3528are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3529use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3530numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3531same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3532subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3533section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3534assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3535section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3536constants being output.
3537
3538Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3539goes in subsection number zero.
3540
3541@ifset GENERIC
3542Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3543(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3544of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3545@end ifset
3546@ifclear GENERIC
3547@ifset H8
7be1c489 3548On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3549boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3550The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3551@end ifset
3552@ifset I960
3553@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3554@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3555@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3556@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3557@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3558@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3559@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3560@end ifclear
3561
3562Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3563to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3564The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3565other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3566They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3567data subsections as a data section.
3568
3569To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3570into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3571@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3572@ifset COFF
252b5132 3573@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3574When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3575@end ifset
3576@ifclear GENERIC
3577You
3578@end ifclear
3579can also use an extra subsection
3580argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3581@var{expression}}.
3582@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3583@ifset ELF
3584@ifset GENERIC
3585When generating ELF output, you
3586@end ifset
3587@ifclear GENERIC
3588You
3589@end ifclear
3590can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3591to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3592@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3593@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3594(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3595is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3596begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3597@smallexample
3598.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3599.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3600.text 1
3601.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3602.data 0
3603.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3604.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3605.text 0
3606.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3607.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3608@end smallexample
3609
3610Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3611assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3612restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3613counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3614@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3615current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3616assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3617
3618@node bss
3619@section bss Section
3620
3621@cindex bss section
3622@cindex common variable storage
3623The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3624You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3625not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3626your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3627section are zeroed bytes.
3628
3629The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3630@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3631
3632The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3633another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3634
3635@ifset GENERIC
3636When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3637COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3638see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3639section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3640@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3641@end ifset
3642
3643@node Symbols
3644@chapter Symbols
3645
3646@cindex symbols
3647Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3648things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3649to debug.
3650
3651@quotation
3652@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3653@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3654the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3655@end quotation
3656
3657@menu
3658* Labels:: Labels
3659* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3660* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3661* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3662* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3663@end menu
3664
3665@node Labels
3666@section Labels
3667
3668@cindex labels
3669A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3670@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3671active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3672operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3673different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3674definitions.
3675
3676@ifset HPPA
3677On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3678colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3679a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3680provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3681@end ifset
3682
3683@node Setting Symbols
3684@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3685
3686@cindex assigning values to symbols
3687@cindex symbol values, assigning
3688A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3689by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3690(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3691directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3692equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3693@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3694
f8739b83
JZ
3695@ifset Blackfin
3696Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3697@end ifset
3698
252b5132
RH
3699@node Symbol Names
3700@section Symbol Names
3701
3702@cindex symbol names
3703@cindex names, symbol
3704@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3705Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3706machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3707noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3708string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3709particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3710@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3711@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3712@ifset H8
3713Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3714Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3715character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3716on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3717@end ifset
3718@end ifset
3719
3720Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3721than @code{Foo}.
3722
ed1fcdd1
NC
3723Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3724Local Labels. See below.
3725
7bfd842d
NC
3726Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3727multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3728@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3729currently supported.
3730
252b5132
RH
3731Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3732refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3733in a program.
3734
3735@subheading Local Symbol Names
3736
3737@cindex local symbol names
3738@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3739A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3740By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3741@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3742set of local label prefixes.
3743@ifset HPPA
3744On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3745@end ifset
3746
3747Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3748normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3749You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3750to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3751
3752@subheading Local Labels
3753
3754@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3755@cindex temporary symbol names
3756@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3757Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3758programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3759be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3760referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3761the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3762To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3763@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3764to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3765stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3766
3767There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3768too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3769the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3770defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3771definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3772noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3773implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3774
3775Here is an example:
3776
3777@smallexample
37781: branch 1f
37792: branch 1b
37801: branch 2f
37812: branch 1b
3782@end smallexample
3783
3784Which is the equivalent of:
3785
3786@smallexample
3787label_1: branch label_3
3788label_2: branch label_1
3789label_3: branch label_4
3790label_4: branch label_3
3791@end smallexample
3792
ba83aca1 3793Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3794transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3795The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3796are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3797these parts:
252b5132
RH
3798
3799@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3800@item @emph{local label prefix}
3801All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3802Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3803that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3804used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3805@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3806object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3807you may use them in debugging.
3808
2d5aaba0
NC
3809@item @var{number}
3810This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3811label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3812
2d5aaba0
NC
3813@item @kbd{C-B}
3814This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3815of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3816
3817@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3818This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3819@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3820number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3821the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3822@end table
3823
ba83aca1
BW
3824So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3825the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3826
3827@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3828@cindex dollar local symbols
3829
ed1fcdd1
NC
3830On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3831local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3832become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3833valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3834by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3835by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3836
3837Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3838except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3839@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3840
3841They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3842names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3843to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3844@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3845
3846@node Dot
3847@section The Special Dot Symbol
3848
3849@cindex dot (symbol)
3850@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3851@cindex current address
3852@cindex location counter
3853The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3854@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3855.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3856Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3857directive.
252b5132 3858@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3859Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3860@samp{.space 4}.
3861@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3862
3863@node Symbol Attributes
3864@section Symbol Attributes
3865
3866@cindex symbol attributes
3867@cindex attributes, symbol
3868Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3869``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3870attributes.
3871@ifset INTERNALS
3872The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3873@end ifset
3874
a4fb0134 3875If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3876all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3877symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3878would want.
3879
3880@menu
3881* Symbol Value:: Value
3882* Symbol Type:: Type
3883@ifset aout-bout
3884@ifset GENERIC
3885* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3886@end ifset
3887@ifclear GENERIC
3888@ifclear BOUT
3889* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3890@end ifclear
3891@ifset BOUT
3892* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3893@end ifset
3894@end ifclear
3895@end ifset
3896@ifset COFF
3897* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3898@end ifset
3899@ifset SOM
3900* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3901@end ifset
3902@end menu
3903
3904@node Symbol Value
3905@subsection Value
3906
3907@cindex value of a symbol
3908@cindex symbol value
3909The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3910location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3911number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3912Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3913as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3914symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3915called absolute.
3916
3917The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39180 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3919@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3920same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3921name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3922common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3923bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3924allocated storage.
3925
3926@node Symbol Type
3927@subsection Type
3928
3929@cindex type of a symbol
3930@cindex symbol type
3931The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3932information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3933(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3934format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3935
3936@ifset aout-bout
3937@ifclear GENERIC
3938@ifset BOUT
3939@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3940@c better if it were available outside examples.
3941@need 1000
3942@node a.out Symbols
3943@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3944
3945@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3946@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3947These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3948one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3949@code{b.out}.
3950
3951@end ifset
3952@ifclear BOUT
3953@node a.out Symbols
3954@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3955
3956@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3957@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3958
3959@end ifclear
3960@end ifclear
3961@ifset GENERIC
3962@node a.out Symbols
3963@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3964
3965@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3966@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3967
3968@end ifset
3969@menu
3970* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3971* Symbol Other:: Other
3972@end menu
3973
3974@node Symbol Desc
3975@subsubsection Descriptor
3976
3977@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3978This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3979descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3980(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3981@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3982
3983@node Symbol Other
3984@subsubsection Other
3985
3986@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3987This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3988@end ifset
3989
3990@ifset COFF
3991@node COFF Symbols
3992@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3993
3994@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3995@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3996
3997The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3998like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3999@code{.endef} directives.
4000
4001@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4002
4003@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4004The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4005respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4006
4007@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4008
4009@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4010The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4011@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4012table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4013@end ifset
4014
4015@ifset SOM
4016@node SOM Symbols
4017@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4018
4019@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4020@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4021
4022The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4023the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4024
01642c12 4025The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4026Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4027@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4028@end ifset
4029
4030@node Expressions
4031@chapter Expressions
4032
4033@cindex expressions
4034@cindex addresses
4035@cindex numeric values
4036An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4037Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4038
4039The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4040a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4041enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4042section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4043the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4044@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4045
4046@menu
4047* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4048* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4049@end menu
4050
4051@node Empty Exprs
4052@section Empty Expressions
4053
4054@cindex empty expressions
4055@cindex expressions, empty
4056An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4057Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4058expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4059is compatible with other assemblers.
4060
4061@node Integer Exprs
4062@section Integer Expressions
4063
4064@cindex integer expressions
4065@cindex expressions, integer
4066An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4067by @emph{operators}.
4068
4069@menu
4070* Arguments:: Arguments
4071* Operators:: Operators
4072* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4073* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4074@end menu
4075
4076@node Arguments
4077@subsection Arguments
4078
4079@cindex expression arguments
4080@cindex arguments in expressions
4081@cindex operands in expressions
4082@cindex arithmetic operands
4083@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4084contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4085this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4086the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4087expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4088instruction operands.
4089
4090Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4091@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4092or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4093integer.
4094
4095Numbers are usually integers.
4096
4097A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4098that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4099these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4100instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4101assemblers.
4102
4103@cindex subexpressions
4104Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4105expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4106operator followed by an argument.
4107
4108@node Operators
4109@subsection Operators
4110
4111@cindex operators, in expressions
4112@cindex arithmetic functions
4113@cindex functions, in expressions
4114@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4115operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4116between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4117whitespace.
4118
4119@node Prefix Ops
4120@subsection Prefix Operator
4121
4122@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4123@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4124one argument, which must be absolute.
4125
4126@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4127@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4128@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4129@tex
4130\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4131@end tex
4132
4133@table @code
4134@item -
4135@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4136@item ~
4137@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4138@end table
4139
4140@tex
4141\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4142@end tex
4143
4144@node Infix Ops
4145@subsection Infix Operators
4146
4147@cindex infix operators
4148@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4149@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4150have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4151to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4152absolute, and the result is absolute.
4153
4154@enumerate
4155@cindex operator precedence
4156@cindex precedence of operators
4157
4158@item
4159Highest Precedence
4160
4161@table @code
4162@item *
4163@dfn{Multiplication}.
4164
4165@item /
4166@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4167
4168@item %
4169@dfn{Remainder}.
4170
d1eac9d9 4171@item <<
252b5132
RH
4172@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4173
d1eac9d9 4174@item >>
252b5132
RH
4175@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4176@end table
4177
4178@item
4179Intermediate precedence
4180
4181@table @code
4182@item |
4183
4184@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4185
4186@item &
4187@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4188
4189@item ^
4190@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4191
4192@item !
4193@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4194@end table
4195
4196@item
b131d4dc 4197Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4198
4199@table @code
4200@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4201@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4202@cindex arguments for addition
4203@item +
4204@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4205the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4206sections.
4207
4208@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4209@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4210@cindex arguments for subtraction
4211@item -
4212@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4213result has the section of the left argument.
4214If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4215You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4216@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4217
4218@cindex comparison expressions
4219@cindex expressions, comparison
4220@item ==
4221@dfn{Is Equal To}
4222@item <>
723a8472 4223@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4224@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4225@item <
4226@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4227@item >
b131d4dc 4228@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4229@item >=
b131d4dc 4230@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4231@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4232@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4233
4234The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4235value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4236perform signed comparisons.
4237@end table
4238
4239@item Lowest Precedence
4240
4241@table @code
4242@item &&
4243@dfn{Logical And}.
4244
4245@item ||
4246@dfn{Logical Or}.
4247
4248These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4249expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4250value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4251or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4252
252b5132
RH
4253@end table
4254@end enumerate
4255
4256In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4257address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4258
4259@node Pseudo Ops
4260@chapter Assembler Directives
4261
4262@cindex directives, machine independent
4263@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4264@cindex machine independent directives
4265All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4266The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4267in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4268
4269This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4270target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4271@ifset GENERIC
4272Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4273@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4274@end ifset
4275@ifclear GENERIC
4276@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4277@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4278@end ifset
4279@end ifclear
4280
4281@menu
4282* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4283@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4284* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4285@end ifset
f0dc282c 4286
252b5132 4287* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4288* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4289* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4290* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4291* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4292* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4293* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4294* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4295* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4296* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4297@ifset COFF
4298* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4299@end ifset
4300@ifset aout-bout
4301* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4302@end ifset
4303@ifset COFF
4304* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4305@end ifset
f0dc282c 4306
252b5132
RH
4307* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4308* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4309* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4310* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4311* End:: @code{.end}
4312@ifset COFF
4313* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4314@end ifset
f0dc282c 4315
252b5132
RH
4316* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4317* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4318* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4319* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4320* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4321* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4322* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4323* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4324* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4325* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4326* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4327* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4328* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4329* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4330* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4331@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4332* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4333* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4334@end ifset
f0dc282c 4335
252b5132
RH
4336* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4337* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4338* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4339* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4340* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4341* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4342@ifset ELF
4343* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4344@end ifset
f0dc282c 4345
252b5132
RH
4346* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4347* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4348* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4349* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4350@ifclear no-line-dir
4351* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4352@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4353
252b5132
RH
4354* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4355* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4356* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4357* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4358* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4359@ifset ELF
4360* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4361@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4362
252b5132
RH
4363* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4364@ignore
4365* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4366@end ignore
f0dc282c 4367
252b5132
RH
4368* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4369* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4370* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4371* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4372* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4373* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4374* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4375* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4376@ifset ELF
4377* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4378* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4379@end ifset
f0dc282c 4380
252b5132 4381* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4382@ifset ELF
4383* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4384@end ifset
f0dc282c 4385
252b5132
RH
4386* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4387* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4388@ifset ELF
4389* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4390@end ifset
f0dc282c 4391
252b5132 4392* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4393* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4394* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4395* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4396@ifset COFF
4397* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4398@end ifset
4399@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4400* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4401@end ifset
f0dc282c 4402
252b5132
RH
4403* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4404* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4405* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4406@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4407* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4408@end ifset
884f0d36 4409@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4410* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4411@end ifclear
4412
252b5132 4413* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4414@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4415* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4416@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4417@ifset have-stabs
4418* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4419@end ifset
f0dc282c 4420
38a57ae7 4421* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4422* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4423@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4424* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4425* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4426@end ifset
f0dc282c 4427
252b5132
RH
4428@ifset COFF
4429* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4430@end ifset
f0dc282c 4431
252b5132
RH
4432* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4433* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4434@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4435* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4436@end ifset
4437
c91d2e08 4438* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4439@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4440* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4441@end ifset
f0dc282c 4442
2e13b764 4443@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4444* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4445* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4446* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4447@end ifset
f0dc282c 4448
d190d046 4449* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4450* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4451* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4452* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4453@ifclear no-space-dir
4454* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4455@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4456* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4457@end menu
4458
4459@node Abort
4460@section @code{.abort}
4461
4462@cindex @code{abort} directive
4463@cindex stopping the assembly
4464This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4465compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4466assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4467of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4468quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4469
4470@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4471@node ABORT (COFF)
4472@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4473
4474@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4475When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4476synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4477
4478@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4479When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4480but ignores it.
4481@end ifset
4482@end ifset
4483
4484@node Align
4485@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4486
4487@cindex padding the location counter
4488@cindex @code{align} directive
4489Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4490boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4491required, as described below.
4492
4493The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4494padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4495padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4496marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4497with no-op instructions.
4498
4499The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4500it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4501directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4502specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4503fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4504required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4505with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4506
4507The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4508For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4509s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4510alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4511the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4512is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4513first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4514
9e9a9798 4515For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4516strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4517number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4518advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4519counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4520multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4521
4522This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4523native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4524GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4525described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4526architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4527
ccf8a69b
BW
4528@node Altmacro
4529@section @code{.altmacro}
4530Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4531
4532@ftable @code
4533@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4534One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4535generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4536replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4537replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4538separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4539define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4540
4541@item String delimiters
4542You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4543@code{"@var{string}"}:
4544
4545@table @code
4546@item '@var{string}'
4547You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4548
4549@item <@var{string}>
4550You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4551@end table
4552
4553@item single-character string escape
4554To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4555character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4556character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4557write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4558
4559@item Expression results as strings
4560You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4561and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4562@end ftable
4563
252b5132
RH
4564@node Ascii
4565@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4566
4567@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4568@cindex string literals
4569@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4570separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4571trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4572
4573@node Asciz
4574@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4575
4576@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4577@cindex zero-terminated strings
4578@cindex null-terminated strings
4579@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4580a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4581
4582@node Balign
4583@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4584
4585@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4586@cindex @code{balign} directive
4587Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4588storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4589alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4590the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4591is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4592
4593The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4594padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4595padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4596marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4597with no-op instructions.
4598
4599The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4600it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4601directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4602specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4603fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4604required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4605with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4606
4607@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4608@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4609The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4610@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4611pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4612fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46134,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4614filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4615the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4616undefined.
4617
fa94de6b 4618@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4619@section Bundle directives
4620@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4621@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4622@cindex bundle
4623@cindex instruction bundle
4624@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4625@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4626bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4627into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4628disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4629gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4630@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4631
4632For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4633certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4634instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4635@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4636chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4637effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4638instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4639that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4640end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4641starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4642instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4643
d3b47e2b 4644@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4645@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4646@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4647The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4648allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4649are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4650aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4651@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4652directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4653
4654@cindex bundle-locked
4655For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4656appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4657instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4658and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4659instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4660sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4661@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4662entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4663boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4664first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4665aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4666bundle size.
4667
d416e51d
RM
4668For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4669inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4670nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4671@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4672matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4673same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4674
252b5132
RH
4675@node Byte
4676@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4677
4678@cindex @code{byte} directive
4679@cindex integers, one byte
4680@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4681Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4682
54cfded0 4683@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4684@section CFI directives
4685@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4686@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4687@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4688should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4689If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4690if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4691To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4692directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4693
2f0c68f2
CM
4694On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4695by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4696
bd5608dc
NC
4697Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4698which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4699
4700The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4701arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4702generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4703redefine it will result in an error.
4704
d3b47e2b 4705@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4706@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4707@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4708should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4709data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4710@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4711
01642c12 4712Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4713it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4714
d3b47e2b 4715@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4716@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4717@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4718unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4719@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4720
d3b47e2b 4721@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4722@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4723@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4724@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4725should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4726argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4727a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4728the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4729can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4730The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4731no personality routine.
4732
2f0c68f2
CM
4733@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4734@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4735@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4736defined in a compact unwinding format.
4737Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4738with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4739
4740@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4741@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4742@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4743used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4744@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4745in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4746Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4747with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4748
d3b47e2b 4749@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4750@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4751@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4752should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4753argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4754or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4755meaning that no LSDA is present.
4756
4757@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4758@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4759switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4760Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4761Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4762with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4763
4764The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4765so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4766referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4767in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4768by a section directive.
4769
4770The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4771The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4772@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4773
d3b47e2b 4774@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4775@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4776address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4777
d3b47e2b 4778@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4779@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4780now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4781remains the same.
4782
d3b47e2b 4783@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4784@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4785remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4786absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4787CFA address.
4788
d3b47e2b 4789@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4790Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4791value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4792
d3b47e2b 4793@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4794Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4795CFA.
54cfded0 4796
d3b47e2b 4797@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4798Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4799the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4800using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4801This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4802code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4803
d3b47e2b 4804@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4805Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4806
d3b47e2b 4807@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4808@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4809same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4810instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4811
d3b47e2b 4812@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4813From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4814
d3b47e2b 4815@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4816Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4817i.e. no restoration needed.
4818
d3b47e2b 4819@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4820First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4821then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4822everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4823the previous saved state.
4824
d3b47e2b 4825@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4826Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4827directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4828
d3b47e2b 4829@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4830Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4831
d3b47e2b 4832@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4833SPARC register window has been saved.
4834
d3b47e2b 4835@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4836Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4837might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4838opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4839
d3b47e2b 4840@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4841The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4842will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4843description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4844
4845The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4846limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4847mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4848by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4849or another register.
4850
ccf8a69b
BW
4851@node Comm
4852@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4853
ccf8a69b
BW
4854@cindex @code{comm} directive
4855@cindex symbol, common
4856@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4857common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4858of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4859definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4860allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4861absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4862the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4863using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4864
c1711530
DK
4865@ifset COFF-ELF
4866When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4867an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4868specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4869that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4870as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4871boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4872power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4873common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4874alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4875largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4876maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4877is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4878@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4879multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4880It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4881(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4882@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4883
ccf8a69b
BW
4884@ifset HPPA
4885The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4886@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4887@end ifset
07a53e5c 4888
252b5132
RH
4889@node Data
4890@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4891
4892@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4893@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4894end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4895absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4896to zero.
4897
4898@ifset COFF
4899@node Def
4900@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4901
4902@cindex @code{def} directive
4903@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4904@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4905Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4906definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4907@ifset BOUT
4908
a4fb0134 4909This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4910format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4911but ignored.
4912@end ifset
4913@end ifset
4914
4915@ifset aout-bout
4916@node Desc
4917@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4918
4919@cindex @code{desc} directive
4920@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4921@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4922This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4923to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4924
4925@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4926The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4927configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4928object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4929it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4930@end ifset
4931@end ifset
4932
4933@ifset COFF
4934@node Dim
4935@section @code{.dim}
4936
4937@cindex @code{dim} directive
4938@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4939@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4940This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4941information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4942@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4943@ifset BOUT
4944
4945@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4946@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4947ignores it.
4948@end ifset
4949@end ifset
4950
4951@node Double
4952@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4953
4954@cindex @code{double} directive
4955@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4956@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4957assembles floating point numbers.
4958@ifset GENERIC
4959The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4960@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4961@end ifset
4962@ifclear GENERIC
4963@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4964On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4965in @sc{ieee} format.
4966@end ifset
4967@end ifclear
4968
4969@node Eject
4970@section @code{.eject}
4971
4972@cindex @code{eject} directive
4973@cindex new page, in listings
4974@cindex page, in listings
4975@cindex listing control: new page
4976Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4977
4978@node Else
4979@section @code{.else}
4980
4981@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4982@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4983assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4984of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4985was false.
4986
3fd9f047
TW
4987@node Elseif
4988@section @code{.elseif}
4989
4990@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4991@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4992assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4993@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4994
252b5132
RH
4995@node End
4996@section @code{.end}
4997
4998@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4999@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5000process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5001
5002@ifset COFF
5003@node Endef
5004@section @code{.endef}
5005
5006@cindex @code{endef} directive
5007This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5008@code{.def}.
5009@ifset BOUT
5010
5011@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5012@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5013directive but ignores it.
5014@end ifset
5015@end ifset
5016
5017@node Endfunc
5018@section @code{.endfunc}
5019@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5020@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5021
5022@node Endif
5023@section @code{.endif}
5024
5025@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5026@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5027it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5028conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5029
5030@node Equ
5031@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5032
5033@cindex @code{equ} directive
5034@cindex assigning values to symbols
5035@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5036This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5037It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5038
5039@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5040The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5041@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5042@end ifset
5043
3c9b82ba 5044@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5045The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5046@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5047On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5048but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5049Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5050@end ifset
5051
252b5132
RH
5052@node Equiv
5053@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5054@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5055The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5056the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5057symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5058undefined.
252b5132 5059
01642c12 5060Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5061@smallexample
5062.ifdef SYM
5063.err
5064.endif
5065.equ SYM,VAL
5066@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5067plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5068
5069@node Eqv
5070@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5071@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5072The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5073evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5074the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5075value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5076
5077@node Err
5078@section @code{.err}
5079@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5080If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5081message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5082object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5083
d190d046
HPN
5084@node Error
5085@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5086@cindex error directive
5087
5088Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5089string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5090message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5091@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5092
5093@smallexample
5094 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5095@end smallexample
5096
252b5132
RH
5097@node Exitm
5098@section @code{.exitm}
5099Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5100
5101@node Extern
5102@section @code{.extern}
5103
5104@cindex @code{extern} directive
5105@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5106with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5107all undefined symbols as external.
5108
5109@node Fail
5110@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5111
5112@cindex @code{fail} directive
5113Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5114or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5115than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5116include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5117complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5118
252b5132 5119@node File
14082c76 5120@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5121@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5122
5123@ifclear no-file-dir
5124There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5125that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5126@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5127
5128@subheading Default Version
5129
252b5132
RH
5130@cindex logical file name
5131@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5132This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5133are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5134
5135@smallexample
5136.file @var{string}
5137@end smallexample
5138
5139@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5140recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5141to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5142statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5143old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5144
5145@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5146@end ifclear
5147
14082c76
BW
5148When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5149to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5150
5151@smallexample
5152.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5153@end smallexample
5154
5155The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5156index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5157literal.
5158
5159The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5160table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5161information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5162entries will have.
5163
252b5132
RH
5164@node Fill
5165@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5166
5167@cindex @code{fill} directive
5168@cindex writing patterns in memory
5169@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5170@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5171This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5172may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5173more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5174other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5175is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5176zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5177byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5178Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5179@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5180compatible with other people's assemblers.
5181
5182@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5183If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5184assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5185@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5186
5187@node Float
5188@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5189
5190@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5191@cindex @code{float} directive
5192This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5193has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5194@ifset GENERIC
5195The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5196@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5197@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5198@end ifset
5199@ifclear GENERIC
5200@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5201On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5202in @sc{ieee} format.
5203@end ifset
5204@end ifclear
5205
5206@node Func
5207@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5208@cindex @code{func} directive
5209@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5210is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5211Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5212@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5213prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5214@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5215All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5216The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5217
5218@node Global
5219@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5220
5221@cindex @code{global} directive
5222@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5223@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5224@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5225other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5226@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5227from another file linked into the same program.
5228
5229Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5230compatibility with other assemblers.
5231
5232@ifset HPPA
5233On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5234partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5235@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5236@end ifset
5237
c91d2e08 5238@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5239@node Gnu_attribute
5240@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5241Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5242
c91d2e08
NC
5243@node Hidden
5244@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5245
c1253627
NC
5246@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5247@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5248This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5249@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5250@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5251
5252This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5253their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5254@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5255Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5256@end ifset
5257
252b5132
RH
5258@node hword
5259@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5260
5261@cindex @code{hword} directive
5262@cindex integers, 16-bit
5263@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5264@cindex sixteen bit integers
5265This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5266a 16 bit number for each.
5267
5268@ifset GENERIC
5269This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5270architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5271@end ifset
5272@ifclear GENERIC
5273@ifset W32
5274This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5275@end ifset
5276@ifset W16
5277This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5278@end ifset
5279@end ifclear
5280
5281@node Ident
5282@section @code{.ident}
5283
5284@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5285
5286This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5287behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5288a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5289source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5290for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5291@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5292emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5293
5294@node If
5295@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5296
5297@cindex conditional assembly
5298@cindex @code{if} directive
5299@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5300considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5301(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5302the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5303(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5304alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5305If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5306nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5307
5308The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5309@table @code
5310@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5311@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5312Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5313has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5314is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5315
26aca5f6
JB
5316@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5317@item .ifb @var{text}
5318Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5319
252b5132
RH
5320@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5321@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5322Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5323strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5324the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5325end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5326string comparison is case sensitive.
5327
5328@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5329@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5330Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5331
5332@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5333@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5334Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5335
5336@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5337@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5338Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5339equal to zero.
5340
5341@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5342@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5343Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5344
5345@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5346@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5347Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5348to zero.
5349
5350@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5351@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5352Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5353
26aca5f6
JB
5354@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5355@item .ifnb @var{text}
5356Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5357following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5358
252b5132
RH
5359@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5360@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5361Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5362following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5363
5364@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5365@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5366@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5367@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5368Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5369has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5370which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5371
5372@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5373@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5374Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5375(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5376
5377@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5378@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5379Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5380following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5381@end table
5382
7e005732
NC
5383@node Incbin
5384@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5385
5386@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5387@cindex binary files, including
5388The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5389location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5390option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5391around @var{file}.
5392
5393The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5394@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5395read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5396responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5397after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5398
252b5132
RH
5399@node Include
5400@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5401
5402@cindex @code{include} directive
5403@cindex supporting files, including
5404@cindex files, including
5405This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5406points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5407if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5408included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5409can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5410(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5411around @var{file}.
5412
5413@node Int
5414@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5415
5416@cindex @code{int} directive
5417@cindex integers, 32-bit
5418Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5419For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5420expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5421of target the assembly is for.
5422
5423@ifclear GENERIC
5424@ifset H8
7be1c489 5425On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5426integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
542732-bit integers.
5428@end ifset
5429@end ifclear
5430
c91d2e08
NC
5431@ifset ELF
5432@node Internal
5433@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5434
c1253627
NC
5435@cindex @code{internal} directive
5436@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5437This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5438@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5439@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5440
5441This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5442their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5443@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5444(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5445processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5446@end ifset
5447
252b5132
RH
5448@node Irp
5449@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5450
5451@cindex @code{irp} directive
5452Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5453The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5454terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5455set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5456@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5457@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5458sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5459
5460For example, assembling
5461
5462@example
5463 .irp param,1,2,3
5464 move d\param,sp@@-
5465 .endr
5466@end example
5467
5468is equivalent to assembling
5469
5470@example
5471 move d1,sp@@-
5472 move d2,sp@@-
5473 move d3,sp@@-
5474@end example
5475
96e9638b 5476For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5477
252b5132
RH
5478@node Irpc
5479@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5480
5481@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5482Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5483The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5484terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5485@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5486assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5487assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5488@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5489
5490For example, assembling
5491
5492@example
5493 .irpc param,123
5494 move d\param,sp@@-
5495 .endr
5496@end example
5497
5498is equivalent to assembling
5499
5500@example
5501 move d1,sp@@-
5502 move d2,sp@@-
5503 move d3,sp@@-
5504@end example
5505
5e75c3ab
JB
5506For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5507at @xref{Macro}.
5508
252b5132
RH
5509@node Lcomm
5510@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5511
5512@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5513@cindex local common symbols
5514@cindex symbols, local common
5515Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5516denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5517those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5518section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5519is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5520not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5521
5522@ifset GENERIC
5523Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5524argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5525@end ifset
5526
5527@ifset HPPA
5528The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5529@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5530@end ifset
5531
5532@node Lflags
5533@section @code{.lflags}
5534
5535@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5536@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5537assemblers, but ignores it.
5538
5539@ifclear no-line-dir
5540@node Line
5541@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5542
5543@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5544@cindex logical line number
5545@ifset aout-bout
5546Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5547expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5548statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5549reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5550@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5551for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5552@end ifset
5553
252b5132 5554Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5555@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5556when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5557were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5558@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5559
5560Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5561used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5562debugging.
5563@end ifclear
5564
5565@node Linkonce
5566@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5567@cindex COMDAT
5568@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5569@cindex common sections
5570Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5571This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5572but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5573The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5574Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5575unique.
5576
5577This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5578writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5579Executable format used on Windows NT.
5580
5581The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5582following strings. For example:
5583@smallexample
5584.linkonce same_size
5585@end smallexample
5586Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5587
5588@table @code
5589@item discard
5590Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5591
5592@item one_only
5593Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5594
5595@item same_size
5596Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5597
5598@item same_contents
5599Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5600@end table
5601
ccf8a69b
BW
5602@node List
5603@section @code{.list}
5604
5605@cindex @code{list} directive
5606@cindex listing control, turning on
5607Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5608not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5609internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5610counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5611generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5612
5613By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5614@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5615the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5616
252b5132
RH
5617@node Ln
5618@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5619
5620@cindex @code{ln} directive
5621@ifclear no-line-dir
5622@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5623@end ifclear
5624@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5625Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5626must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5627line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5628statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5629line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5630@ifset BOUT
5631
a4fb0134 5632This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5633configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5634output format.
5635@end ifset
5636@end ifset
5637
ccf8a69b
BW
5638@node Loc
5639@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5640@cindex @code{loc} directive
5641When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5642the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5643number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5644instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5645arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5646the row is added.
252b5132 5647
ccf8a69b
BW
5648The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5649
5650@table @code
5651@item basic_block
5652This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5653@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5654
5655@item prologue_end
5656This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5657@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5658
5659@item epilogue_begin
5660This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5661@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5662
5663@item is_stmt @var{value}
5664This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5665@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5666either 0 or 1.
5667
5668@item isa @var{value}
5669This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5670state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5671
92846e72
CC
5672@item discriminator @var{value}
5673This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5674state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5675
ccf8a69b
BW
5676@end table
5677
5678@node Loc_mark_labels
5679@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5680@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5681When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5682the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5683to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5684register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5685The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5686this function respectively.
252b5132 5687
4d4175af
BW
5688@ifset ELF
5689@node Local
5690@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5691
5692@cindex @code{local} directive
5693This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5694the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5695will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5696they will be created.
5697
5698For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5699accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5700the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5701(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5702@end ifset
5703
252b5132
RH
5704@node Long
5705@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5706
5707@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5708@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5709
5710@ignore
5711@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5712@c what it really ought to do
5713@node Lsym
5714@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5715
5716@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5717@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5718@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5719the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5720rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5721the same as the expression value:
5722@smallexample
5723@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5724@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5725@var{value} = @var{expression}
5726@end smallexample
5727@noindent
5728The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5729@end ignore
5730
5731@node Macro
5732@section @code{.macro}
5733
5734@cindex macros
5735The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5736generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5737@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5738
5739@example
5740 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5741 .long \from
5742 .if \to-\from
5743 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5744 .endif
5745 .endm
5746@end example
5747
5748@noindent
5749With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5750
5751@example
5752 .long 0
5753 .long 1
5754 .long 2
5755 .long 3
5756 .long 4
5757 .long 5
5758@end example
5759
5760@ftable @code
5761@item .macro @var{macname}
5762@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5763@cindex @code{macro} directive
5764Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5765definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5766separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5767indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5768@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5769(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5770macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5771cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5772subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5773definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5774
5775@table @code
5776@item .macro comm
5777Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5778arguments.
5779
6258339f 5780@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5781@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5782Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5783which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5784@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5785
5786@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5787Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5788arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5789After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5790@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5791@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5792,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5793@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5794
6eaeac8a
JB
5795@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5796Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5797arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5798not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5799will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5800
252b5132
RH
5801When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5802position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5803@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5804
6258339f
NC
5805@end table
5806
5e75c3ab
JB
5807Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5808as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5809occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5810characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5811(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5812architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5813character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5814replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5815construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5816identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5817this macro definition:
5818
5819@example
5820 .macro label l
5821\l:
5822 .endm
5823@end example
5824
5825might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5826called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5827assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5828identifier.
5829
5830Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5831which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5832for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5833length specifier like this:
5834
5835@example
5836 .macro opcode base length
5837 \base.\length
5838 .endm
5839@end example
5840
5841and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5842instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5843interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5844
5845There are several possible ways around this problem:
5846
5847@table @code
5848@item Insert white space
5849If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5850solution. eg:
5851
5852@example
5853 .macro label l
5854\l :
5855 .endm
5856@end example
5857
5858@item Use @samp{\()}
5859The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5860the following text. eg:
5861
5862@example
5863 .macro opcode base length
5864 \base\().\length
5865 .endm
5866@end example
5867
5868@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5869In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5870used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5871
5872@example
5873 .altmacro
5874 .macro label l
5875l&:
5876 .endm
5877@end example
6258339f 5878@end table
5e75c3ab 5879
96e9638b 5880Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5881also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5882and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5883
252b5132
RH
5884@item .endm
5885@cindex @code{endm} directive
5886Mark the end of a macro definition.
5887
5888@item .exitm
5889@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5890Exit early from the current macro definition.
5891
5892@cindex number of macros executed
5893@cindex macros, count executed
5894@item \@@
a4fb0134 5895@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5896executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5897output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5898
252b5132
RH
5899@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5900@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5901macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5902@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5903@end ftable
252b5132 5904
ccf8a69b
BW
5905@node MRI
5906@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5907
ccf8a69b
BW
5908@cindex @code{mri} directive
5909@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5910If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5911@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5912affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5913of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5914
caa32fe5
NC
5915@node Noaltmacro
5916@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5917Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5918
252b5132
RH
5919@node Nolist
5920@section @code{.nolist}
5921
5922@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5923@cindex listing control, turning off
5924Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5925not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5926internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5927counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5928generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5929
5930@node Octa
5931@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5932
5933@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5934@cindex @code{octa} directive
5935@cindex integer, 16-byte
5936@cindex sixteen byte integer
5937This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5938bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5939
5940The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5941hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5942
9aec2026
NC
5943@node Offset
5944@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5945
5946@cindex @code{offset} directive
5947Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5948be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5949symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5950directive.
9aec2026 5951
252b5132
RH
5952@node Org
5953@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5954
5955@cindex @code{org} directive
5956@cindex location counter, advancing
5957@cindex advancing location counter
5958@cindex current address, advancing
5959Advance the location counter of the current section to
5960@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5961expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5962you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5963wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5964with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5965@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5966is the same as the current subsection.
5967
5968@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5969unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5970backwards.
5971
5972@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5973@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5974@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5975Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5976may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5977a chance to share your improved assembler.
5978
5979Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5980to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5981people's assemblers.
5982
5983When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5984intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5985absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5986@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5987
5988@node P2align
5989@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5990
5991@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5992@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5993Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5994storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5995number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5996advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5997counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5998multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5999
6000The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6001padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6002padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6003marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6004with no-op instructions.
6005
6006The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6007it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6008directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6009specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6010fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6011required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6012with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6013
6014@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6015@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6016The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6017@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6018pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6019fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
60202,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6021filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6022the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6023undefined.
6024
ccf8a69b
BW
6025@ifset ELF
6026@node PopSection
6027@section @code{.popsection}
6028
6029@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6030@cindex Section Stack
6031This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6032@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6033@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6034(@pxref{Previous}).
6035
6036This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6037section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6038stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6039@end ifset
6040
c91d2e08
NC
6041@ifset ELF
6042@node Previous
6043@section @code{.previous}
6044
c1253627 6045@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6046@cindex Section Stack
6047This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6048@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6049@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6050(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6051
6052This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6053referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6054@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6055subsections). For example:
6056
6057@smallexample
6058.section A
6059 .subsection 1
6060 .word 0x1234
6061 .subsection 2
6062 .word 0x5678
6063.previous
6064 .word 0x9abc
6065@end smallexample
6066
6067Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6068section A. Whilst:
6069
6070@smallexample
6071.section A
6072.subsection 1
6073 # Now in section A subsection 1
6074 .word 0x1234
6075.section B
6076.subsection 0
6077 # Now in section B subsection 0
6078 .word 0x5678
6079.subsection 1
6080 # Now in section B subsection 1
6081 .word 0x9abc
6082.previous
6083 # Now in section B subsection 0
6084 .word 0xdef0
6085@end smallexample
6086
6087Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6088section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6089
6090In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6091the top section on the section stack.
6092@end ifset
6093
252b5132
RH
6094@node Print
6095@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6096
6097@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6098@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6099assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6100
c91d2e08
NC
6101@ifset ELF
6102@node Protected
6103@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6104
c1253627
NC
6105@cindex @code{protected} directive
6106@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6107This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6108@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6109
6110This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6111their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6112@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6113components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6114component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6115this.
c91d2e08
NC
6116@end ifset
6117
252b5132
RH
6118@node Psize
6119@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6120
6121@cindex @code{psize} directive
6122@cindex listing control: paper size
6123@cindex paper size, for listings
6124Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6125number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6126
6127If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6128of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6129default width is 200 columns.
6130
a4fb0134 6131@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6132lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6133@code{.eject}).
6134
6135If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6136those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6137
6138@node Purgem
6139@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6140
6141@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6142Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6143expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6144
c91d2e08
NC
6145@ifset ELF
6146@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6147@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6148
c1253627 6149@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6150@cindex Section Stack
6151This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6152@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6153@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6154(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6155
e9863d7f
DJ
6156This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6157top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6158subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6159@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6160as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6161@end ifset
6162
252b5132
RH
6163@node Quad
6164@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6165
6166@cindex @code{quad} directive
6167@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6168each bignum, it emits
6169@ifclear bignum-16
6170an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6171warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6172@cindex eight-byte integer
6173@cindex integer, 8-byte
6174
6175The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6176hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6177@end ifclear
6178@ifset bignum-16
6179a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6180warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6181@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6182@cindex integer, 16-byte
6183@end ifset
6184
05e9452c
AM
6185@node Reloc
6186@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6187
6188@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6189Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6190@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6191the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6192symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6193@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6194absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6195targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6196relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6197section.
6198
252b5132
RH
6199@node Rept
6200@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6201
6202@cindex @code{rept} directive
6203Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6204@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6205
6206For example, assembling
6207
6208@example
6209 .rept 3
6210 .long 0
6211 .endr
6212@end example
6213
6214is equivalent to assembling
6215
6216@example
6217 .long 0
6218 .long 0
6219 .long 0
6220@end example
6221
6222@node Sbttl
6223@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6224
6225@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6226@cindex subtitles for listings
6227@cindex listing control: subtitle
6228Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6229title line) when generating assembly listings.
6230
6231This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6232it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6233
6234@ifset COFF
6235@node Scl
6236@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6237
6238@cindex @code{scl} directive
6239@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6240@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6241Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6242used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6243whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6244symbolic debugging information.
6245@ifset BOUT
6246
6247The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6248configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6249accepts this directive but ignores it.
6250@end ifset
6251@end ifset
6252
c1253627 6253@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6254@node Section
c1253627 6255@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6256
252b5132
RH
6257@cindex named section
6258Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6259named @var{name}.
6260
6261This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6262named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6263with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6264
c1253627
NC
6265@ifset COFF
6266@ifset ELF
6267@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6268@subheading COFF Version
6269@end ifset
6270
6271@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6272For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6273ways:
c91d2e08 6274
252b5132
RH
6275@smallexample
6276.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6277.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6278@end smallexample
6279
6280If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6281section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6282
252b5132
RH
6283@table @code
6284@item b
6285bss section (uninitialized data)
6286@item n
6287section is not loaded
6288@item w
6289writable section
6290@item d
6291data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6292@item e
6293exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6294@item r
6295read-only section
6296@item x
6297executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6298@item s
6299shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6300@item a
6301ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6302@item y
6303section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6304@item 0-9
6305single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6306@end table
6307
6308If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6309the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6310loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6311from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6312will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6313
6314If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6315taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6316@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6317
6318@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6319@ifset COFF
6320@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6321@subheading ELF Version
6322@end ifset
6323
c91d2e08
NC
6324@cindex Section Stack
6325This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6326@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6327(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6328@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6329
c1253627 6330@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6331For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6332
252b5132 6333@smallexample
7047dd1e 6334.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6335@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6336
451133ce
NP
6337@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6338@kindex --sectname-subst
6339@cindex section name substitution
6340If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6341argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6342at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6343
6344@smallexample
6345.macro exception_code
6346.section %S.exception
6347[exception code here]
6348.previous
6349.endm
6350
6351.text
6352[code]
6353exception_code
6354[...]
6355
6356.section .init
6357[init code]
6358exception_code
6359[...]
6360@end smallexample
6361
6362The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6363@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6364This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6365tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6366need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6367macros just for that purpose.
6368
252b5132 6369The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6370combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6371
252b5132
RH
6372@table @code
6373@item a
6374section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6375@item e
6376section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6377@item w
6378section is writable
6379@item x
6380section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6381@item M
6382section is mergeable
6383@item S
6384section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6385@item G
6386section is a member of a section group
6387@item T
6388section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6389@item ?
6390section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6391@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6392a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6393field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6394also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6395resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6396@item @code{<target specific>}
6397some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6398@end table
6399
9fb71ee4
NC
6400Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6401a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6402flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6403@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6404(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6405section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6406
252b5132 6407The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6408
252b5132
RH
6409@table @code
6410@item @@progbits
6411section contains data
6412@item @@nobits
6413section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6414@item @@note
6415section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6416@item @@init_array
6417section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6418@item @@fini_array
6419section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6420@item @@preinit_array
6421section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6422@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6423a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6424@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6425some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6426@end table
6427
9fb71ee4
NC
6428Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6429enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6430
ececec60
NC
6431Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6432ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6433@code{%} character.
6434
9fb71ee4
NC
6435Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6436special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6437type will generate an error from the assembler.
6438
22fe14ad 6439If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6440be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6441
6442@smallexample
6443.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6444@end smallexample
6445
6446Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6447constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6448@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6449@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6450the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6451absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6452which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6453@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6454@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6455
6456If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6457be present along with an additional field like this:
6458
6459@smallexample
6460.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6461@end smallexample
6462
6463The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6464particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6465
22fe14ad
NC
6466@table @code
6467@item comdat
6468indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6469@item .gnu.linkonce
6470an alias for comdat
6471@end table
6472
96e9638b 6473Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6474the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6475
6476@smallexample
6477.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6478@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6479
01642c12
RM
6480If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6481@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6482present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6483this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6484@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6485If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6486
252b5132
RH
6487If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6488the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6489none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6490executable. The section will contain data.
6491
6492For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6493directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6494
252b5132
RH
6495@smallexample
6496.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6497@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6498
252b5132
RH
6499Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6500separated flags:
eda683bb 6501
252b5132
RH
6502@table @code
6503@item #alloc
6504section is allocatable
6505@item #write
6506section is writable
6507@item #execinstr
6508section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6509@item #exclude
6510section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6511@item #tls
6512section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6513@end table
c91d2e08 6514
e9863d7f
DJ
6515This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6516contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6517some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6518work.
c1253627
NC
6519@end ifset
6520@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6521
6522@node Set
6523@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6524
6525@cindex @code{set} directive
6526@cindex symbol value, setting
6527Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6528changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6529@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6530flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6531
5d239759
NC
6532You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6533values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6534involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6535being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6536addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6537final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6538the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6539different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6540
6541If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6542file is the last value stored into it.
6543
3c9b82ba
NC
6544@ifset Z80
6545On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6546@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6547@end ifset
6548
252b5132
RH
6549@node Short
6550@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6551
6552@cindex @code{short} directive
6553@ifset GENERIC
6554@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6555@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6556
6557In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6558numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6559@end ifset
6560@ifclear GENERIC
6561@ifset W16
6562@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6563@end ifset
6564@ifset W32
6565This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6566a 16 bit number for each.
6567@end ifset
6568@end ifclear
6569
6570@node Single
6571@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6572
6573@cindex @code{single} directive
6574@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6575This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6576has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6577@ifset GENERIC
6578The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6579@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6580@end ifset
6581@ifclear GENERIC
6582@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6583On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6584numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6585@end ifset
6586@end ifclear
6587
c1253627 6588@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6589@node Size
c1253627 6590@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6591
c1253627
NC
6592This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6593
6594@ifset COFF
6595@ifset ELF
6596@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6597@subheading COFF Version
6598@end ifset
6599
6600@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6601For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6602@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6603
6604@smallexample
6605.size @var{expression}
6606@end smallexample
252b5132 6607
c91d2e08 6608@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6609@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6610@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6611ignores it.
6612@end ifset
c1253627 6613@end ifset
c91d2e08 6614
c1253627
NC
6615@ifset ELF
6616@ifset COFF
6617@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6618@subheading ELF Version
6619@end ifset
6620
6621@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6622For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6623
c1253627
NC
6624@smallexample
6625.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6626@end smallexample
6627
6628This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6629The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6630arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6631symbols.
c1253627
NC
6632@end ifset
6633@end ifset
252b5132 6634
252b5132
RH
6635@ifclear no-space-dir
6636@node Skip
6637@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6638
6639@cindex @code{skip} directive
6640@cindex filling memory
6641This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6642@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6643@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6644@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6645@end ifclear
252b5132 6646
ccf8a69b
BW
6647@node Sleb128
6648@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6649
6650@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6651@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6652compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6653symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6654
884f0d36 6655@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6656@node Space
6657@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6658
6659@cindex @code{space} directive
6660@cindex filling memory
6661This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6662@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6663and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6664as @samp{.skip}.
6665
6666@ifset HPPA
6667@quotation
6668@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6669targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6670Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6671@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6672for a summary.
6673@end quotation
6674@end ifset
6675@end ifclear
6676
252b5132
RH
6677@ifset have-stabs
6678@node Stab
6679@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6680
6681@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6682@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6683There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6684All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6685The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6686cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6687Up to five fields are required:
6688
6689@table @var
6690@item string
6691This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6692@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6693debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6694using this field.
6695
6696@item type
6697An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6698this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6699and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6700
6701@item other
6702An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6703low 8 bits of this expression.
6704
6705@item desc
6706An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6707bits of this expression.
6708
6709@item value
6710An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6711@end table
6712
6713If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6714or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6715you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6716compatible with earlier assemblers!
6717
6718@table @code
6719@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6720@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6721
6722The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6723It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6724null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6725strings.
6726
6727The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6728relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6729is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6730assembled.
6731
6732@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6733@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6734The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6735
6736@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6737@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6738All five fields are specified.
6739@end table
6740@end ifset
6741@c end have-stabs
6742
6743@node String
38a57ae7 6744@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6745"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6746
6747@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6748@cindex string8, copying to object file
6749@cindex string16, copying to object file
6750@cindex string32, copying to object file
6751@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6752@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6753@cindex @code{string8} directive
6754@cindex @code{string16} directive
6755@cindex @code{string32} directive
6756@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6757
6758Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6759one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6760particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6761You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6762
01642c12 6763The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6764the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6765copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6766are stored in target endianness byte order.
6767
6768Example:
6769@smallexample
6770 .string32 "BYE"
6771expands to:
6772 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6773 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6774@end smallexample
6775
6776
252b5132
RH
6777@node Struct
6778@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6779
6780@cindex @code{struct} directive
6781Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6782which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6783@smallexample
6784 .struct 0
6785field1:
6786 .struct field1 + 4
6787field2:
6788 .struct field2 + 4
6789field3:
6790@end smallexample
6791This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6792@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6793value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6794use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6795before further assembly.
6796
c91d2e08
NC
6797@ifset ELF
6798@node SubSection
6799@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6800
c1253627 6801@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6802@cindex Section Stack
6803This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6804@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6805@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6806(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6807
6808This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6809section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6810in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6811@end ifset
6812
252b5132
RH
6813@ifset ELF
6814@node Symver
6815@section @code{.symver}
6816@cindex @code{symver} directive
6817@cindex symbol versioning
6818@cindex versions of symbols
6819Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6820within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6821typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6822There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6823into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6824shared library.
6825
79082ff0 6826For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6827@smallexample
6828.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6829@end smallexample
339681c0 6830If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6831being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6832alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6833just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6834permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6835of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6836itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6837have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6838file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6839function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6840the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6841building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6842symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6843nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6844
6845If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6846references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6847reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6848symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6849
6850Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6851@smallexample
6852.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6853@end smallexample
6854In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6855the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6856difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6857references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6858
6859The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6860@smallexample
6861.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6862@end smallexample
6863When @var{name} is not defined within the
6864file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6865@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6866name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6867@end ifset
6868
6869@ifset COFF
6870@node Tag
6871@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6872
6873@cindex COFF structure debugging
6874@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6875@cindex @code{tag} directive
6876This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6877information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6878@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6879definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6880@ifset BOUT
6881
6882@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6883@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6884ignores it.
6885@end ifset
6886@end ifset
6887
6888@node Text
6889@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6890
6891@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6892Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6893the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6894expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6895is used.
6896
6897@node Title
6898@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6899
6900@cindex @code{title} directive
6901@cindex listing control: title line
6902Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6903source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6904
6905This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6906it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6907
c1253627 6908@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6909@node Type
c1253627
NC
6910@section @code{.type}
6911
6912This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6913
6914@ifset COFF
6915@ifset ELF
6916@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6917@subheading COFF Version
6918@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6919
6920@cindex COFF symbol type
6921@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6922@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6923For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6924@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6925
6926@smallexample
6927.type @var{int}
6928@end smallexample
6929
6930This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6931entry.
252b5132 6932
c91d2e08 6933@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6934@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6935@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6936directive but ignores it.
6937@end ifset
c1253627 6938@end ifset
c91d2e08 6939
c1253627
NC
6940@ifset ELF
6941@ifset COFF
6942@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6943@subheading ELF Version
6944@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6945
6946@cindex ELF symbol type
6947@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6948@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6949For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6950
6951@smallexample
6952.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6953@end smallexample
6954
6955This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6956function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6957supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6958compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6959
6960Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6961@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6962below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6963the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6964maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6965assemblers.
6966
6967The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6968
6969@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6970 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6971 .type <name>,#<type>
6972 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6973 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6974 .type <name>,"<type>"
6975@end smallexample
6976
6977The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6978
5671778d
NC
6979@table @gcctabopt
6980@item STT_FUNC
6981@itemx function
6982Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6983
d8045f23
NC
6984@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6985@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6986Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6987processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6988
5671778d
NC
6989@item STT_OBJECT
6990@itemx object
6991Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6992
6993@item STT_TLS
6994@itemx tls_object
6995Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6996
6997@item STT_COMMON
6998@itemx common
6999Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7000
7001@item STT_NOTYPE
7002@itemx notype
7003Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7004
3e7a7d11
NC
7005@item gnu_unique_object
7006Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7007will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7008name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7009systems).
3e7a7d11 7010
5671778d
NC
7011@end table
7012
7013Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7014
c1253627
NC
7015@end ifset
7016@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7017
7018@node Uleb128
7019@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7020
7021@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7022@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7023compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7024symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7025
7026@ifset COFF
7027@node Val
7028@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7029
7030@cindex @code{val} directive
7031@cindex COFF value attribute
7032@cindex value attribute, COFF
7033This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7034records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7035entry.
7036@ifset BOUT
7037
a4fb0134 7038@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7039configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7040@end ifset
7041@end ifset
7042
2e13b764 7043@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7044@node Version
7045@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7046
c1253627 7047@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7048This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7049formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7050@end ifset
2e13b764 7051
c91d2e08
NC
7052@ifset ELF
7053@node VTableEntry
7054@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7055
653cfe85 7056@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7057This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7058@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7059
c91d2e08
NC
7060@node VTableInherit
7061@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7062
653cfe85 7063@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7064This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7065@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7066parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7067parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7068@end ifset
2e13b764 7069
d190d046
HPN
7070@node Warning
7071@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7072@cindex warning directive
7073Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7074(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7075
c91d2e08
NC
7076@node Weak
7077@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7078
c1253627 7079@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7080This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7081@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7082
01642c12 7083On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7084directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7085@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7086
977cdf5a 7087On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7088When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7089alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7090
06e77878
AO
7091@node Weakref
7092@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7093
7094@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7095This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7096be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7097If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7098will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7099symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7100
7101The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7102assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7103symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7104resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7105had the references to the alias removed.
7106
7107The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7108within the assembler.
7109
252b5132
RH
7110@node Word
7111@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7112
7113@cindex @code{word} directive
7114This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7115separated by commas.
7116@ifclear GENERIC
7117@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7118For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7119@end ifset
7120@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7121For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7122@end ifset
7123@end ifclear
7124@ifset GENERIC
7125
7126The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7127depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7128@end ifset
7129
7130@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7131@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7132@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7133@cindex difference tables altered
7134@cindex altered difference tables
7135@quotation
7136@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7137@end quotation
7138
7139@ifset GENERIC
7140Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7141addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7142interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7143@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7144
7145@end ifset
7146In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7147@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7148Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7149compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7150directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7151@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7152creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7153This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7154first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7155of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7156table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7157contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7158@code{sym2}.
7159
7160If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7161secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7162@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7163long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7164and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7165minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7166entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7167
7168@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7169@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7170@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7171assembly language programmers.
7172@end ifset
7173@end ifset
7174@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7175
7ce98c16
NC
7176@ifclear no-space-dir
7177@node Zero
7178@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7179
7180@cindex @code{zero} directive
7181@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7182This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7183expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7184so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7185instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7186@end ifclear
7187
252b5132
RH
7188@node Deprecated
7189@section Deprecated Directives
7190
7191@cindex deprecated directives
7192@cindex obsolescent directives
7193One day these directives won't work.
7194They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7195@table @t
7196@item .abort
7197@item .line
7198@end table
7199
3a99f02f
DJ
7200@ifset ELF
7201@node Object Attributes
7202@chapter Object Attributes
7203@cindex object attributes
7204
7205@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7206into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7207Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7208point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7209requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7210passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7211hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7212generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7213newer generation at run-time.
7214
7215This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7216@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7217time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7218correctly.
7219
7220Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7221attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7222string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7223and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7224or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7225attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7226
7227Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7228The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7229
7230@menu
7231* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7232* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7233@end menu
7234
7235@node GNU Object Attributes
7236@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7237
7238The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7239with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7240
7241Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7242its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7243an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
72442} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7245architecture-dependent ones.
7246
7247@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7248
7249These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7250
7251@table @r
7252@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7253The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7254the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7255then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7256than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7257arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7258@end table
7259
7260@subsection MIPS Attributes
7261
7262@table @r
7263@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7264The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7265
7266@itemize @bullet
7267@item
72680 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7269@item
f179c512
MF
72701 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7271double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7272@item
72732 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7274@item
72753 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7276@item
f179c512
MF
72774 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7278floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7279number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7280@item
72815 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7282with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7283general-purpose registers.
7284@item
72856 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7286registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7287@item
72887 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7289registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7290direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7291@end itemize
7292@end table
7293
7294@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7295
7296@table @r
7297@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7298The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7299
7300@itemize @bullet
7301@item
73020 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7303@item
3c7b9897 73041 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7305@item
73062 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7307@item
73083 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7309@end itemize
7310
7311@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7312The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7313
7314@itemize @bullet
7315@item
73160 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7317@item
73181 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7319@item
73202 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7321@item
73223 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7323@end itemize
7324@end table
7325
643f7afb
AK
7326@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7327
7328@table @r
7329@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7330The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7331
7332@itemize @bullet
7333@item
73340 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7335@item
73361 for files using software vector ABI.
7337@item
73382 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7339@end itemize
7340@end table
7341
3a99f02f
DJ
7342@node Defining New Object Attributes
7343@section Defining New Object Attributes
7344
7345If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7346will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7347mailing list.
7348
7349@itemize @bullet
7350@item
7351This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7352@item
7353The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7354@item
7355The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7356and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7357@item
7358Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7359@item
7360@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7361@item
7362GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7363@end itemize
7364
7365@end ifset
7366
252b5132
RH
7367@ifset GENERIC
7368@node Machine Dependencies
7369@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7370
7371@cindex machine dependencies
7372The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7373each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7374vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7375directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7376assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7377@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7378optimization.
7379
7380This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7381include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7382subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7383
7384@menu
a06ea964
NC
7385@ifset AARCH64
7386* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7387@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7388@ifset ALPHA
7389* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7390@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7391@ifset ARC
7392* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7393@end ifset
7394@ifset ARM
7395* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7396@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7397@ifset AVR
7398* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7399@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7400@ifset Blackfin
7401* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7402@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7403@ifset CR16
7404* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7405@end ifset
8bf549a8 7406@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7407* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7408@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7409@ifset D10V
7410* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7411@end ifset
7412@ifset D30V
7413* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7414@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7415@ifset EPIPHANY
7416* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7417@end ifset
252b5132 7418@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7419* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7420@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7421@ifset HPPA
7422* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7423@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7424@ifset I370
7425* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7426@end ifset
252b5132 7427@ifset I80386
55b62671 7428* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7429@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7430@ifset I860
7431* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7432@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7433@ifset I960
7434* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7435@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7436@ifset IA64
7437* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7438@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7439@ifset IP2K
7440* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7441@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7442@ifset LM32
7443* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7444@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7445@ifset M32C
7446* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7447@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7448@ifset M32R
7449* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7450@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7451@ifset M680X0
7452* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7453@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7454@ifset M68HC11
7455* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7456@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7457@ifset METAG
7458* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7459@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7460@ifset MICROBLAZE
7461* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7462@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7463@ifset MIPS
7464* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7465@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7466@ifset MMIX
7467* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7468@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7469@ifset MSP430
7470* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7471@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7472@ifset NDS32
7473* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7474@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7475@ifset NIOSII
7476* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7477@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7478@ifset NS32K
7479* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7480@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7481@ifset PDP11
7482* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7483@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7484@ifset PJ
7485* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7486@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7487@ifset PPC
7488* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7489@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7490@ifset RL78
7491* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7492@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7493@ifset RX
7494* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7495@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7496@ifset S390
7497* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7498@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7499@ifset SCORE
7500* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7501@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7502@ifset SH
7503* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7504* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7505@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7506@ifset SPARC
7507* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7508@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7509@ifset TIC54X
7510* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7511@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7512@ifset TIC6X
7513* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7514@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7515@ifset TILEGX
7516* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7517@end ifset
7518@ifset TILEPRO
7519* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7520@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7521@ifset V850
7522* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7523@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7524@ifset VAX
7525* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7526@end ifset
7527@ifset VISIUM
7528* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7529@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7530@ifset XGATE
7531* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7532@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7533@ifset XSTORMY16
7534* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7535@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7536@ifset XTENSA
7537* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7538@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7539@ifset Z80
7540* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7541@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7542@ifset Z8000
7543* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7544@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7545@end menu
7546
7547@lowersections
7548@end ifset
7549
7550@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7551@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7552@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7553@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7554@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7555@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7556@c in both conditional blocks.
7557
a06ea964
NC
7558@ifset AARCH64
7559@include c-aarch64.texi
7560@end ifset
7561
625e1353
RH
7562@ifset ALPHA
7563@include c-alpha.texi
7564@end ifset
7565
7566@ifset ARC
7567@include c-arc.texi
7568@end ifset
7569
252b5132
RH
7570@ifset ARM
7571@include c-arm.texi
7572@end ifset
7573
8473f7a4
DC
7574@ifset AVR
7575@include c-avr.texi
7576@end ifset
7577
3b4e1885 7578@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7579@include c-bfin.texi
7580@end ifset
7581
3d3d428f
NC
7582@ifset CR16
7583@include c-cr16.texi
7584@end ifset
7585
328eb32e
HPN
7586@ifset CRIS
7587@include c-cris.texi
7588@end ifset
7589
c2dcd04e 7590@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7591@ifclear GENERIC
7592@node Machine Dependencies
7593@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7594
c2dcd04e 7595The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7596and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7597chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7598family.
7599
7600@menu
c2dcd04e 7601* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7602* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7603@end menu
7604@lowersections
7605@end ifclear
7606@end ifset
7607
7608@ifset D10V
7609@include c-d10v.texi
7610@end ifset
7611
7612@ifset D30V
7613@include c-d30v.texi
7614@end ifset
7615
cfb8c092
NC
7616@ifset EPIPHANY
7617@include c-epiphany.texi
7618@end ifset
7619
252b5132
RH
7620@ifset H8/300
7621@include c-h8300.texi
7622@end ifset
7623
252b5132
RH
7624@ifset HPPA
7625@include c-hppa.texi
7626@end ifset
7627
5b93d8bb
AM
7628@ifset I370
7629@include c-i370.texi
7630@end ifset
7631
252b5132
RH
7632@ifset I80386
7633@include c-i386.texi
7634@end ifset
7635
e3308d0d
JE
7636@ifset I860
7637@include c-i860.texi
7638@end ifset
7639
252b5132
RH
7640@ifset I960
7641@include c-i960.texi
7642@end ifset
7643
9e32ca89
NC
7644@ifset IA64
7645@include c-ia64.texi
7646@end ifset
7647
a40cbfa3
NC
7648@ifset IP2K
7649@include c-ip2k.texi
7650@end ifset
7651
84e94c90
NC
7652@ifset LM32
7653@include c-lm32.texi
7654@end ifset
7655
49f58d10
JB
7656@ifset M32C
7657@include c-m32c.texi
7658@end ifset
7659
ec694b89
NC
7660@ifset M32R
7661@include c-m32r.texi
7662@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7663
7664@ifset M680X0
7665@include c-m68k.texi
7666@end ifset
7667
60bcf0fa
NC
7668@ifset M68HC11
7669@include c-m68hc11.texi
7670@end ifset
7671
a3c62988
NC
7672@ifset METAG
7673@include c-metag.texi
7674@end ifset
7675
01642c12 7676@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7677@include c-microblaze.texi
7678@end ifset
7679
252b5132
RH
7680@ifset MIPS
7681@include c-mips.texi
7682@end ifset
7683
3c3bdf30
NC
7684@ifset MMIX
7685@include c-mmix.texi
7686@end ifset
7687
2469cfa2
NC
7688@ifset MSP430
7689@include c-msp430.texi
7690@end ifset
7691
35c08157
KLC
7692@ifset NDS32
7693@include c-nds32.texi
7694@end ifset
7695
36591ba1
SL
7696@ifset NIOSII
7697@include c-nios2.texi
7698@end ifset
7699
252b5132
RH
7700@ifset NS32K
7701@include c-ns32k.texi
7702@end ifset
7703
e135f41b
NC
7704@ifset PDP11
7705@include c-pdp11.texi
7706@end ifset
7707
041dd5a9
ILT
7708@ifset PJ
7709@include c-pj.texi
7710@end ifset
7711
418c1742
MG
7712@ifset PPC
7713@include c-ppc.texi
7714@end ifset
7715
99c513f6
DD
7716@ifset RL78
7717@include c-rl78.texi
7718@end ifset
7719
046d31c2
NC
7720@ifset RX
7721@include c-rx.texi
7722@end ifset
7723
11c19e16
MS
7724@ifset S390
7725@include c-s390.texi
7726@end ifset
7727
c0157db4
NC
7728@ifset SCORE
7729@include c-score.texi
7730@end ifset
7731
252b5132
RH
7732@ifset SH
7733@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7734@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7735@end ifset
7736
7737@ifset SPARC
7738@include c-sparc.texi
7739@end ifset
7740
39bec121
TW
7741@ifset TIC54X
7742@include c-tic54x.texi
7743@end ifset
7744
40b36596
JM
7745@ifset TIC6X
7746@include c-tic6x.texi
7747@end ifset
7748
aa137e4d
NC
7749@ifset TILEGX
7750@include c-tilegx.texi
7751@end ifset
7752
7753@ifset TILEPRO
7754@include c-tilepro.texi
7755@end ifset
7756
b6605ddd
EB
7757@ifset V850
7758@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7759@end ifset
7760
7761@ifset VAX
7762@include c-vax.texi
7763@end ifset
7764
b6605ddd
EB
7765@ifset VISIUM
7766@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7767@end ifset
7768
f6c1a2d5
NC
7769@ifset XGATE
7770@include c-xgate.texi
7771@end ifset
7772
6753e72f
NC
7773@ifset XSTORMY16
7774@include c-xstormy16.texi
7775@end ifset
7776
e0001a05
NC
7777@ifset XTENSA
7778@include c-xtensa.texi
7779@end ifset
7780
b6605ddd
EB
7781@ifset Z80
7782@include c-z80.texi
7783@end ifset
7784
7785@ifset Z8000
7786@include c-z8k.texi
7787@end ifset
7788
252b5132
RH
7789@ifset GENERIC
7790@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7791@raisesections
7792@end ifset
7793
7794@node Reporting Bugs
7795@chapter Reporting Bugs
7796@cindex bugs in assembler
7797@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7798
a4fb0134 7799Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7800
7801Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7802not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7803entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7804Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7805
7806In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7807information that enables us to fix the bug.
7808
7809@menu
7810* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7811* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7812@end menu
7813
7814@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7815@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7816@cindex bug criteria
7817
7818If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7819
7820@itemize @bullet
7821@cindex fatal signal
7822@cindex assembler crash
7823@cindex crash of assembler
7824@item
7825If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7826@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7827
7828@cindex error on valid input
7829@item
a4fb0134 7830If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7831
7832@cindex invalid input
7833@item
a4fb0134 7834If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7835is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7836be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7837
7838@item
7839If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7840of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7841@end itemize
7842
7843@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7844@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7845@cindex bug reports
7846@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7847
7848A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7849you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7850contact that organization first.
7851
7852You can find contact information for many support companies and
7853individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7854distribution.
7855
ad22bfe8 7856@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7857In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7858to @value{BUGURL}.
7859@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7860
7861The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7862@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7863fact or leave it out, state it!
7864
7865Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7866and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7867name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7868not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7869happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7870perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7871the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7872give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7873and the most helpful.
7874
7875Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7876it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7877that the bug has not been reported previously.
7878
7879Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7880bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7881respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7882You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7883
7884To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7885
7886@itemize @bullet
7887@item
a4fb0134 7888The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7889it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7890
7891Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7892the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7893
7894@item
a4fb0134 7895Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7896
7897@item
7898The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7899version number.
7900
7901@item
a4fb0134 7902What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7903``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7904
7905@item
7906The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7907observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7908all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7909
7910If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7911and then we might not encounter the bug.
7912
7913@item
7914A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7915the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7916high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7917when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7918the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7919file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7920@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7921
7922@item
7923A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7924incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7925
a4fb0134 7926Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7927will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7928notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7929make a mistake.
7930
7931Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7932explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7933@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7934library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7935would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7936would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7937expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7938observations.
7939
7940@item
a4fb0134 7941If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7942diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7943option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7944discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7945by line number.
7946
7947The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7948sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7949@end itemize
7950
7951Here are some things that are not necessary:
7952
7953@itemize @bullet
7954@item
7955A description of the envelope of the bug.
7956
7957Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7958which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7959changes will not affect it.
7960
7961This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7962will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7963with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7964We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7965
7966Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7967of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7968output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7969less time, and so on.
7970
7971However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7972report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7973
7974@item
7975A patch for the bug.
7976
7977A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7978the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7979a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7980to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7981
a4fb0134 7982Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7983construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7984the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7985one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7986
7987And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7988patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7989help us to understand.
7990
7991@item
7992A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7993
7994Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7995things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7996@end itemize
7997
7998@node Acknowledgements
7999@chapter Acknowledgements
8000
653cfe85 8001If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8002it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8003maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8004@c (October 2012),
8005the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8006
8007Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8008more details?}
8009
8010Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8011information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8012extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8013
8014K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8015many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8016up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8017testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8018including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8019and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8020support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8021port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8022file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8023assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8024
8025Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8026in format-specific I/O modules.
8027
8028The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8029has done much work with it since.
8030
8031The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8032
8033Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8034
8035The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8036University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8037
8038Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8039(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8040(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8041support a.out format.
8042
7be1c489
AM
8043Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8044tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8045Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8046use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8047targets.
8048
8049John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8050simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8051updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8052fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8053remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8054cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8055required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8056
8057Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
805868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8059added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8060PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8061
653cfe85 8062Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8063
8064Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8065
8066Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8067along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8068formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8069the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8070
8071Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8072Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8073Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8074Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8075and some initial 64-bit support).
8076
c1253627 8077Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8078
252b5132
RH
8079Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8080support for openVMS/Alpha.
8081
39bec121
TW
8082Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8083flavors.
8084
e0001a05 8085David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8086Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8087
252b5132
RH
8088Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8089configuration enhancements.
8090
84e94c90
NC
8091Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8092
252b5132
RH
8093Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8094you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8095want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8096intentionally leaving anyone out.
8097
793c5807
NC
8098@node GNU Free Documentation License
8099@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8100@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8101
370b66a1
CD
8102@node AS Index
8103@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8104
8105@printindex cp
8106
252b5132
RH
8107@bye
8108@c Local Variables:
8109@c fill-column: 79
8110@c End:
This page took 1.698292 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.